Home | History | Annotate | Download | only in Sema
      1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
      2 //
      3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
      4 //
      5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
      6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
      7 //
      8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
      9 //
     10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
     11 // builds ASTs.
     12 //
     13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
     14 
     15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
     16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
     17 
     18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
     19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
     20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
     21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
     22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
     23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
     24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
     25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
     26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
     27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
     28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
     29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
     30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
     31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
     32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
     33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
     34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
     35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
     36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
     37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
     38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
     39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
     40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
     41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
     42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
     43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
     44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
     45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
     46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
     47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
     48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
     49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
     50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
     51 #include <deque>
     52 #include <memory>
     53 #include <string>
     54 #include <vector>
     55 
     56 namespace llvm {
     57   class APSInt;
     58   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
     59   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
     60   class SmallBitVector;
     61   class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
     62 }
     63 
     64 namespace clang {
     65   class ADLResult;
     66   class ASTConsumer;
     67   class ASTContext;
     68   class ASTMutationListener;
     69   class ASTReader;
     70   class ASTWriter;
     71   class ArrayType;
     72   class AttributeList;
     73   class BlockDecl;
     74   class CapturedDecl;
     75   class CXXBasePath;
     76   class CXXBasePaths;
     77   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
     78   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
     79   class CXXConstructorDecl;
     80   class CXXConversionDecl;
     81   class CXXDestructorDecl;
     82   class CXXFieldCollector;
     83   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
     84   class CXXMethodDecl;
     85   class CXXScopeSpec;
     86   class CXXTemporary;
     87   class CXXTryStmt;
     88   class CallExpr;
     89   class ClassTemplateDecl;
     90   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
     91   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
     92   class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
     93   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
     94   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
     95   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
     96   class CodeCompletionResult;
     97   class Decl;
     98   class DeclAccessPair;
     99   class DeclContext;
    100   class DeclRefExpr;
    101   class DeclaratorDecl;
    102   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
    103   class DependentDiagnostic;
    104   class DesignatedInitExpr;
    105   class Designation;
    106   class EnableIfAttr;
    107   class EnumConstantDecl;
    108   class Expr;
    109   class ExtVectorType;
    110   class ExternalSemaSource;
    111   class FormatAttr;
    112   class FriendDecl;
    113   class FunctionDecl;
    114   class FunctionProtoType;
    115   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
    116   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
    117   class InitListExpr;
    118   class InitializationKind;
    119   class InitializationSequence;
    120   class InitializedEntity;
    121   class IntegerLiteral;
    122   class LabelStmt;
    123   class LambdaExpr;
    124   class LangOptions;
    125   class LocalInstantiationScope;
    126   class LookupResult;
    127   class MacroInfo;
    128   typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
    129   class ModuleLoader;
    130   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
    131   class NamedDecl;
    132   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
    133   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
    134   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
    135   class ObjCContainerDecl;
    136   class ObjCImplDecl;
    137   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
    138   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
    139   class ObjCIvarDecl;
    140   template <class T> class ObjCList;
    141   class ObjCMessageExpr;
    142   class ObjCMethodDecl;
    143   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
    144   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
    145   class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
    146   class OMPClause;
    147   class OverloadCandidateSet;
    148   class OverloadExpr;
    149   class ParenListExpr;
    150   class ParmVarDecl;
    151   class Preprocessor;
    152   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
    153   class PseudoObjectExpr;
    154   class QualType;
    155   class StandardConversionSequence;
    156   class Stmt;
    157   class StringLiteral;
    158   class SwitchStmt;
    159   class TemplateArgument;
    160   class TemplateArgumentList;
    161   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
    162   class TemplateDecl;
    163   class TemplateParameterList;
    164   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
    165   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
    166   class Token;
    167   class TypeAliasDecl;
    168   class TypedefDecl;
    169   class TypedefNameDecl;
    170   class TypeLoc;
    171   class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
    172   class UnqualifiedId;
    173   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
    174   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
    175   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
    176   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
    177   class UsingDecl;
    178   class UsingShadowDecl;
    179   class ValueDecl;
    180   class VarDecl;
    181   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
    182   class VisibilityAttr;
    183   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
    184   class IndirectFieldDecl;
    185   struct DeductionFailureInfo;
    186   class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
    187 
    188 namespace sema {
    189   class AccessedEntity;
    190   class BlockScopeInfo;
    191   class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
    192   class CapturingScopeInfo;
    193   class CompoundScopeInfo;
    194   class DelayedDiagnostic;
    195   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
    196   class FunctionScopeInfo;
    197   class LambdaScopeInfo;
    198   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
    199   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
    200 }
    201 
    202 namespace threadSafety {
    203   class BeforeSet;
    204   void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
    205 }
    206 
    207 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
    208 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
    209 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
    210                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
    211 
    212 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
    213 class Sema {
    214   Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
    215   void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
    216 
    217   ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
    218   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
    219 
    220   ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
    221   bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
    222 
    223   static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
    224 
    225   static bool
    226   shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
    227     // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
    228     // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
    229     // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
    230     // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
    231     // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
    232     // with internal linkage.
    233     return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
    234   }
    235 
    236 public:
    237   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
    238   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
    239   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
    240 
    241   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
    242   FPOptions FPFeatures;
    243 
    244   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
    245   Preprocessor &PP;
    246   ASTContext &Context;
    247   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
    248   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
    249   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
    250 
    251   /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
    252   bool CollectStats;
    253 
    254   /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
    255   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
    256 
    257   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
    258   DeclContext *CurContext;
    259 
    260   /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
    261   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
    262   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
    263 
    264   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
    265   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
    266   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
    267 
    268   /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
    269   /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
    270   void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
    271 
    272   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
    273 
    274   /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
    275   LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
    276       MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
    277 
    278   enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
    279     PVDK_Push,          ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
    280     PVDK_Set,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
    281     PVDK_Pop,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
    282     PVDK_Reset          ///< #pragma vtordisp()
    283   };
    284 
    285   enum PragmaMsStackAction {
    286     PSK_Reset,    // #pragma ()
    287     PSK_Set,      // #pragma ("name")
    288     PSK_Push,     // #pragma (push[, id])
    289     PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
    290     PSK_Pop,      // #pragma (pop[, id])
    291     PSK_Pop_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
    292   };
    293 
    294   /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
    295   /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
    296   ///
    297   /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
    298   /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
    299   ///    structors
    300   /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
    301   ///    objects
    302   ///
    303   /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
    304   SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
    305 
    306   /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes.  Can be empty.
    307   SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
    308 
    309   /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
    310   SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
    311 
    312   template<typename ValueType>
    313   struct PragmaStack {
    314     struct Slot {
    315       llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
    316       ValueType Value;
    317       SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
    318       Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
    319            ValueType Value,
    320            SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
    321         : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
    322           PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
    323     };
    324     void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
    325              PragmaMsStackAction Action,
    326              llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
    327              ValueType Value);
    328     explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
    329       : CurrentValue(Value) {}
    330     SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
    331     ValueType CurrentValue;
    332     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
    333   };
    334   // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
    335   // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
    336   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
    337   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
    338   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
    339   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
    340 
    341   /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
    342   StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
    343   SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
    344 
    345   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
    346   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
    347 
    348   /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
    349   /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
    350   /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
    351   SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
    352 
    353   /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
    354   ///
    355   /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
    356   /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
    357   bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
    358 
    359   /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
    360   /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
    361   bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
    362 
    363   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
    364   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
    365   /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
    366   SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
    367 
    368   /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
    369   ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
    370   ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
    371   ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
    372   ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
    373   ///  full expression.
    374   llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
    375 
    376   /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
    377   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
    378   ///
    379   /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
    380   /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
    381   /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
    382   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
    383 
    384   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    385                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
    386     ExtVectorDeclsType;
    387 
    388   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
    389   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
    390   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
    391   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
    392 
    393   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
    394   std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
    395 
    396   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
    397 
    398   /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
    399   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
    400 
    401   /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
    402   llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
    403       UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
    404 
    405   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
    406 
    407   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
    408   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
    409   /// same list more than once.
    410   std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
    411 
    412   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
    413   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
    414   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
    415 
    416   /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
    417   NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
    418 
    419   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    420                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
    421     TentativeDefinitionsType;
    422 
    423   /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
    424   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
    425 
    426   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    427                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
    428     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
    429 
    430   /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
    431   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
    432   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
    433 
    434   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
    435                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
    436     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
    437 
    438   /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
    439   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
    440   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
    441 
    442   /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
    443   /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
    444   /// function.
    445   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
    446     DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
    447 
    448   /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
    449   /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
    450   /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
    451   /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
    452   /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
    453   /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
    454   /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
    455   SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
    456     DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
    457 
    458   typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
    459       LateParsedTemplateMapT;
    460   LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
    461 
    462   /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
    463   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
    464   typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
    465   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
    466   LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
    467   void *OpaqueParser;
    468 
    469   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
    470                              LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
    471                              void *P) {
    472     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
    473     LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
    474     OpaqueParser = P;
    475   }
    476 
    477   class DelayedDiagnostics;
    478 
    479   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
    480     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
    481     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
    482   };
    483   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
    484   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
    485 
    486   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
    487   /// during parsing and other processing.
    488   class DelayedDiagnostics {
    489     /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
    490     /// diagnostics should go.
    491     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
    492 
    493   public:
    494     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
    495 
    496     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
    497     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
    498 
    499     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
    500     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
    501 
    502     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
    503     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
    504       return CurPool;
    505     }
    506 
    507     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
    508     /// collected in this pool.
    509     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
    510       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
    511       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
    512       CurPool = &pool;
    513       return state;
    514     }
    515 
    516     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
    517     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
    518     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
    519     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
    520       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    521     }
    522 
    523     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
    524     /// not delayed.
    525     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
    526       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
    527       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
    528       CurPool = nullptr;
    529       return state;
    530     }
    531 
    532     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
    533     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
    534       assert(CurPool == nullptr);
    535       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
    536     }
    537   } DelayedDiagnostics;
    538 
    539   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
    540   class ContextRAII {
    541   private:
    542     Sema &S;
    543     DeclContext *SavedContext;
    544     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
    545     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    546 
    547   public:
    548     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
    549       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
    550         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
    551         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
    552     {
    553       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
    554       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
    555       if (NewThisContext)
    556         S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
    557     }
    558 
    559     void pop() {
    560       if (!SavedContext) return;
    561       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
    562       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
    563       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
    564       SavedContext = nullptr;
    565     }
    566 
    567     ~ContextRAII() {
    568       pop();
    569     }
    570   };
    571 
    572   /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
    573   /// a function body.
    574   class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
    575     Sema &S;
    576     Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
    577 
    578   public:
    579     SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
    580       : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
    581     {
    582       S.PushFunctionScope();
    583       S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
    584     }
    585 
    586     ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
    587       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
    588       S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
    589     }
    590   };
    591 
    592   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
    593   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
    594   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
    595   llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
    596 
    597   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
    598   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
    599   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
    600   /// in the currently selected standard.
    601   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
    602 
    603 
    604   /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
    605   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
    606 
    607   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
    608   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
    609   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
    610   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
    611   /// It would be best to refactor this.
    612   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
    613 
    614   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
    615 
    616   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
    617   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
    618   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
    619   Scope *TUScope;
    620 
    621   /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
    622   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
    623 
    624   /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
    625   /// standard library.
    626   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
    627 
    628   /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
    629   /// \<initializer_list>.
    630   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
    631 
    632   /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
    633   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
    634 
    635   /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
    636   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
    637 
    638   /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
    639   std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
    640 
    641   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
    642   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
    643 
    644   /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
    645   QualType NSNumberPointer;
    646 
    647   /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
    648   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
    649 
    650   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
    651   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
    652 
    653   /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
    654   QualType NSStringPointer;
    655 
    656   /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
    657   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
    658 
    659   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
    660   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
    661 
    662   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableArray type (NSMutableArray *).
    663   QualType NSMutableArrayPointer;
    664 
    665   /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
    666   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
    667 
    668   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
    669   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
    670 
    671   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableDictionary type (NSMutableDictionary *).
    672   QualType NSMutableDictionaryPointer;
    673 
    674   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableSet type (NSMutableSet *).
    675   QualType NSMutableSetPointer;
    676 
    677   /// \brief Pointer to NSCountedSet type (NSCountedSet *).
    678   QualType NSCountedSetPointer;
    679 
    680   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableOrderedSet type (NSMutableOrderedSet *).
    681   QualType NSMutableOrderedSetPointer;
    682 
    683   /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
    684   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
    685 
    686   /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
    687   QualType QIDNSCopying;
    688 
    689   /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
    690   Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
    691 
    692   /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
    693   unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
    694 
    695   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
    696   /// have been declared.
    697   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
    698 
    699   /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
    700   /// references to fields.  This is really a
    701   bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
    702 
    703   /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
    704   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
    705   enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
    706     /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
    707     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
    708     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
    709     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
    710     /// run time.
    711     Unevaluated,
    712 
    713     /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
    714     /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
    715     /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
    716     UnevaluatedAbstract,
    717 
    718     /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
    719     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
    720     /// cases in a switch statement).
    721     ConstantEvaluated,
    722 
    723     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
    724     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
    725     /// expression at run time.
    726     PotentiallyEvaluated,
    727 
    728     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
    729     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
    730     /// in fact the current expression is used.
    731     ///
    732     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
    733     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
    734     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
    735     /// until the default argument is used.
    736     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
    737   };
    738 
    739   /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
    740   /// expression evaluation contexts.
    741   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
    742     /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
    743     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
    744 
    745     /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
    746     bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
    747 
    748     /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
    749     bool IsDecltype;
    750 
    751     /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
    752     /// this expression evaluation context.
    753     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
    754 
    755     /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
    756     /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
    757     unsigned NumTypos;
    758 
    759     llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
    760 
    761     /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
    762     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
    763     SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
    764 
    765     /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
    766     /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
    767     /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
    768     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
    769 
    770     /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
    771     /// and block literals within this context.
    772     ///
    773     /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
    774     /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
    775     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
    776 
    777     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
    778     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
    779     SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
    780 
    781     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
    782     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
    783     SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
    784 
    785     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
    786                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
    787                                       bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
    788                                       Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
    789                                       bool IsDecltype)
    790       : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
    791         IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
    792         NumTypos(0),
    793         ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
    794 
    795     /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
    796     /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
    797     MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
    798 
    799     bool isUnevaluated() const {
    800       return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
    801     }
    802   };
    803 
    804   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
    805   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
    806 
    807   /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
    808   /// block literal.
    809   ///
    810   /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
    811   /// block literal.
    812   /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
    813   /// associated with the context, if relevant.
    814   MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
    815     const DeclContext *DC,
    816     Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
    817 
    818 
    819   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
    820   /// function.
    821   ///
    822   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
    823   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
    824   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
    825   public:
    826     enum Kind {
    827       NoMemberOrDeleted,
    828       Ambiguous,
    829       Success
    830     };
    831 
    832   private:
    833     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
    834 
    835   public:
    836     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
    837       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
    838     {}
    839 
    840     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
    841     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
    842 
    843     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
    844     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
    845   };
    846 
    847   /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
    848   /// for C++ records.
    849   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
    850 
    851   /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
    852   ///
    853   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
    854   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
    855   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
    856   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
    857   /// checks.
    858   TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
    859 
    860   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
    861 
    862   /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
    863   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
    864 
    865   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
    866     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
    867 
    868   /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
    869   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
    870   ///
    871   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
    872   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
    873   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
    874   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
    875   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
    876 
    877   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
    878   // argument locations.
    879   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
    880 
    881   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
    882   /// definition in this translation unit.
    883   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
    884 
    885   /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
    886   void getUndefinedButUsed(
    887       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
    888 
    889   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
    890   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
    891 
    892   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
    893   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
    894   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
    895   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
    896   /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
    897   /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
    898   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
    899 
    900   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
    901   /// of -Wselector.
    902   llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
    903 
    904   /// Kinds of C++ special members.
    905   enum CXXSpecialMember {
    906     CXXDefaultConstructor,
    907     CXXCopyConstructor,
    908     CXXMoveConstructor,
    909     CXXCopyAssignment,
    910     CXXMoveAssignment,
    911     CXXDestructor,
    912     CXXInvalid
    913   };
    914 
    915   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
    916 
    917   /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
    918   /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
    919   /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
    920   llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
    921 
    922   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
    923 
    924   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
    925   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
    926   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
    927 
    928   /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
    929   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
    930   /// should not be used elsewhere.
    931   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
    932 
    933   /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
    934   /// statements.
    935   class FPContractStateRAII {
    936   public:
    937     FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
    938       : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
    939     ~FPContractStateRAII() {
    940       S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
    941     }
    942   private:
    943     Sema& S;
    944     bool OldFPContractState : 1;
    945   };
    946 
    947   void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
    948 
    949 public:
    950   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
    951        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
    952        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
    953   ~Sema();
    954 
    955   /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
    956   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
    957   void Initialize();
    958 
    959   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
    960   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
    961   FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
    962 
    963   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
    964   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
    965   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
    966   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
    967   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
    968   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
    969   ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
    970 
    971   ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
    972   /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
    973   ///
    974   ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
    975   ///
    976   void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
    977 
    978   void PrintStats() const;
    979 
    980   /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
    981   /// template instantiation stacks.
    982   ///
    983   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
    984   /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
    985   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
    986   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
    987   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
    988   /// well.
    989   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
    990     Sema &SemaRef;
    991     unsigned DiagID;
    992 
    993   public:
    994     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
    995       : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
    996 
    997     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
    998       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
    999       if (!isActive()) return;
   1000 
   1001       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
   1002       // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
   1003       // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
   1004       //
   1005       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
   1006       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
   1007       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
   1008       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
   1009       // eliminate that code.
   1010       FlushCounts();
   1011       Clear();
   1012 
   1013       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
   1014       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
   1015     }
   1016 
   1017     /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
   1018     template<typename T>
   1019     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
   1020         const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
   1021       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
   1022       BaseDiag << Value;
   1023       return Diag;
   1024     }
   1025   };
   1026 
   1027   /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
   1028   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
   1029     DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
   1030     return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
   1031   }
   1032 
   1033   /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
   1034   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
   1035 
   1036   /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
   1037   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
   1038 
   1039   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
   1040 
   1041   /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
   1042   std::string
   1043   getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
   1044   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
   1045 
   1046   /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
   1047   SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
   1048 
   1049   /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
   1050   ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
   1051 
   1052   void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
   1053 
   1054   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
   1055 
   1056   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
   1057 
   1058   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
   1059 
   1060   void PushFunctionScope();
   1061   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
   1062   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
   1063 
   1064   /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
   1065   /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
   1066   /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
   1067   void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
   1068 
   1069   void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
   1070                                RecordDecl *RD,
   1071                                CapturedRegionKind K);
   1072   void
   1073   PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
   1074                        const Decl *D = nullptr,
   1075                        const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
   1076 
   1077   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
   1078     return FunctionScopes.back();
   1079   }
   1080 
   1081   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
   1082     if (FunctionScopes.empty())
   1083       return nullptr;
   1084 
   1085     for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
   1086       if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
   1087         continue;
   1088       return FunctionScopes[e];
   1089     }
   1090     return nullptr;
   1091   }
   1092 
   1093   template <typename ExprT>
   1094   void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
   1095     if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
   1096       getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
   1097   }
   1098 
   1099   void PushCompoundScope();
   1100   void PopCompoundScope();
   1101 
   1102   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
   1103 
   1104   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
   1105 
   1106   /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
   1107   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
   1108 
   1109   /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
   1110   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
   1111 
   1112   /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
   1113   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
   1114 
   1115   /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
   1116   sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
   1117 
   1118   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
   1119   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
   1120 
   1121   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
   1122 
   1123   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1124   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
   1125   //
   1126 
   1127   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
   1128                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
   1129   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
   1130                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
   1131   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
   1132                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   1133   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
   1134                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   1135   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
   1136                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
   1137                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
   1138   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
   1139                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
   1140 
   1141   bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   1142 
   1143   /// \brief Build a function type.
   1144   ///
   1145   /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
   1146   /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
   1147   /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
   1148   /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
   1149   /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
   1150   ///
   1151   /// \param T The return type of the function.
   1152   ///
   1153   /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
   1154   /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
   1155   /// function parameters.
   1156   ///
   1157   /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
   1158   /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
   1159   /// type that will have function type.
   1160   ///
   1161   /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
   1162   /// type, if known.
   1163   ///
   1164   /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
   1165   /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
   1166   ///
   1167   /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
   1168   /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
   1169   /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
   1170   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
   1171                              MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
   1172                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
   1173                              const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
   1174 
   1175   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
   1176                                   SourceLocation Loc,
   1177                                   DeclarationName Entity);
   1178   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
   1179                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   1180   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
   1181   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   1182 
   1183   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
   1184   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
   1185   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
   1186                                                TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
   1187 
   1188   /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
   1189   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   1190   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
   1191   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
   1192   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
   1193                                     TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
   1194   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
   1195   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
   1196                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
   1197   void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
   1198                            const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
   1199   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
   1200   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
   1201   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
   1202   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
   1203       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
   1204       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
   1205   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
   1206       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
   1207       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
   1208       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
   1209       bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
   1210       bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
   1211       bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
   1212       bool IsOperatorNew = false);
   1213   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
   1214       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
   1215       const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   1216       const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
   1217   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
   1218       const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
   1219       const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
   1220 
   1221   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1222 
   1223   /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
   1224   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
   1225   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
   1226 
   1227   /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
   1228   struct TypeDiagnoser {
   1229     bool Suppressed;
   1230 
   1231     TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
   1232 
   1233     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   1234     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
   1235   };
   1236 
   1237   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
   1238   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
   1239   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
   1240   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
   1241   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
   1242   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
   1243   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
   1244     return II;
   1245   }
   1246   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
   1247   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
   1248   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
   1249   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
   1250   static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
   1251   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
   1252 
   1253   template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
   1254     unsigned DiagID;
   1255     std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
   1256 
   1257     template <std::size_t... Is>
   1258     void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
   1259               llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
   1260       // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
   1261       bool Dummy[] = {(DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
   1262       (void)Dummy;
   1263     }
   1264 
   1265   public:
   1266     BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
   1267         : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {}
   1268 
   1269     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
   1270       if (Suppressed)
   1271         return;
   1272       const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
   1273       emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
   1274       DB << T;
   1275     }
   1276   };
   1277 
   1278 private:
   1279   bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1280                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1281 public:
   1282   /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
   1283   /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
   1284   bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested);
   1285   bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
   1286     NamedDecl *Hidden;
   1287     return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
   1288   }
   1289 
   1290   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1291                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1292   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1293                            unsigned DiagID);
   1294 
   1295   template <typename... Ts>
   1296   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
   1297                            const Ts &...Args) {
   1298     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
   1299     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1300   }
   1301 
   1302   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1303   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
   1304 
   1305   template <typename... Ts>
   1306   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
   1307     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
   1308     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
   1309   }
   1310 
   1311   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   1312                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   1313   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
   1314 
   1315   template <typename... Ts>
   1316   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
   1317                           const Ts &...Args) {
   1318     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
   1319     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   1320   }
   1321 
   1322   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
   1323                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
   1324 
   1325   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   1326   /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
   1327   /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
   1328   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
   1329                              bool AsUnevaluated = true);
   1330   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
   1331                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
   1332                                    SourceLocation Loc);
   1333 
   1334   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   1335   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
   1336   //
   1337 
   1338   /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
   1339   /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
   1340   /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
   1341   /// them into the FunctionDecl.
   1342   std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
   1343 
   1344   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
   1345 
   1346   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
   1347 
   1348   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
   1349 
   1350   ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1351                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
   1352                          bool isClassName = false,
   1353                          bool HasTrailingDot = false,
   1354                          ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
   1355                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
   1356                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
   1357                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
   1358   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
   1359   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
   1360   void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
   1361                                SourceLocation IILoc,
   1362                                Scope *S,
   1363                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   1364                                ParsedType &SuggestedType,
   1365                                bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
   1366 
   1367   /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
   1368   /// template type arguments until instantiation time.  Emits a warning and
   1369   /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
   1370   /// other template arguments.
   1371   ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
   1372                                             SourceLocation NameLoc);
   1373 
   1374   /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
   1375   /// by \c ClassifyName().
   1376   enum NameClassificationKind {
   1377     NC_Unknown,
   1378     NC_Error,
   1379     NC_Keyword,
   1380     NC_Type,
   1381     NC_Expression,
   1382     NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
   1383     NC_TypeTemplate,
   1384     NC_VarTemplate,
   1385     NC_FunctionTemplate
   1386   };
   1387 
   1388   class NameClassification {
   1389     NameClassificationKind Kind;
   1390     ExprResult Expr;
   1391     TemplateName Template;
   1392     ParsedType Type;
   1393     const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
   1394 
   1395     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
   1396 
   1397   public:
   1398     NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
   1399 
   1400     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
   1401 
   1402     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
   1403       : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
   1404 
   1405     static NameClassification Error() {
   1406       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
   1407     }
   1408 
   1409     static NameClassification Unknown() {
   1410       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
   1411     }
   1412 
   1413     static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
   1414       return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
   1415     }
   1416 
   1417     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1418       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
   1419       Result.Template = Name;
   1420       return Result;
   1421     }
   1422 
   1423     static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1424       NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
   1425       Result.Template = Name;
   1426       return Result;
   1427     }
   1428 
   1429     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
   1430       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
   1431       Result.Template = Name;
   1432       return Result;
   1433     }
   1434 
   1435     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
   1436 
   1437     ParsedType getType() const {
   1438       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
   1439       return Type;
   1440     }
   1441 
   1442     ExprResult getExpression() const {
   1443       assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
   1444       return Expr;
   1445     }
   1446 
   1447     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
   1448       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
   1449              Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
   1450       return Template;
   1451     }
   1452 
   1453     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
   1454       switch (Kind) {
   1455       case NC_TypeTemplate:
   1456         return TNK_Type_template;
   1457       case NC_FunctionTemplate:
   1458         return TNK_Function_template;
   1459       case NC_VarTemplate:
   1460         return TNK_Var_template;
   1461       default:
   1462         llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
   1463       }
   1464     }
   1465   };
   1466 
   1467   /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
   1468   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
   1469   ///
   1470   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
   1471   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
   1472   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
   1473   ///
   1474   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
   1475   ///
   1476   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
   1477   ///
   1478   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
   1479   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
   1480   ///
   1481   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
   1482   ///
   1483   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
   1484   /// disambiguate the name.
   1485   ///
   1486   /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
   1487   ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
   1488   ///        expression.
   1489   ///
   1490   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
   1491   NameClassification
   1492   ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
   1493                SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
   1494                bool IsAddressOfOperand,
   1495                std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
   1496 
   1497   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1498 
   1499   NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   1500                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
   1501   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
   1502   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
   1503   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
   1504                                     DeclarationName Name,
   1505                                     SourceLocation Loc);
   1506   void
   1507   diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
   1508                             SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
   1509                             SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
   1510                             SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
   1511                             SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
   1512                             SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
   1513 
   1514   static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
   1515   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
   1516   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
   1517   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
   1518   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
   1519   void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
   1520   void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
   1521                                     TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
   1522   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
   1523   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1524                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1525                                     LookupResult &Previous);
   1526   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
   1527                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
   1528   NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
   1529                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1530                                      LookupResult &Previous,
   1531                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
   1532                                      bool &AddToScope);
   1533   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
   1534   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
   1535   void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
   1536   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
   1537   void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
   1538 
   1539   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
   1540                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1541                                      LookupResult &Previous,
   1542                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
   1543                                      bool &AddToScope);
   1544   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1545 
   1546   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
   1547   bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
   1548 
   1549   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1550   void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
   1551                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
   1552   void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
   1553                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
   1554   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
   1555   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
   1556                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
   1557                                 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
   1558   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
   1559   void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
   1560   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1561   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
   1562                                           SourceLocation Loc,
   1563                                           QualType T);
   1564   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   1565                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
   1566                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   1567                               StorageClass SC);
   1568   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
   1569                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1570                                  Expr *defarg);
   1571   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
   1572                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   1573                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
   1574   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
   1575   bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
   1576                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
   1577 
   1578   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
   1579                             bool TypeMayContainAuto);
   1580   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
   1581   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
   1582   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
   1583   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   1584                                         IdentifierInfo *Ident,
   1585                                         ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
   1586                                         SourceLocation AttrEnd);
   1587   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
   1588   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
   1589   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
   1590   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
   1591                                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
   1592   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
   1593                                       bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
   1594 
   1595   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
   1596   /// documentation comments.
   1597   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
   1598   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
   1599 
   1600   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   1601                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
   1602   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
   1603                                     const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
   1604                                         nullptr);
   1605   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   1606   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   1607   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   1608   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
   1609     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
   1610   }
   1611 
   1612   /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
   1613   /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
   1614   /// code for that function.
   1615   ///
   1616   /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
   1617   /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
   1618   /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
   1619   /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
   1620   bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
   1621 
   1622   /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
   1623   /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
   1624   /// code for that function.
   1625   ///
   1626   /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
   1627   /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
   1628   /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
   1629   bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
   1630 
   1631   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
   1632   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
   1633   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
   1634   Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
   1635   void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
   1636 
   1637   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
   1638   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
   1639   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
   1640 
   1641   /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
   1642   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
   1643   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
   1644                                 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
   1645 
   1646   /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
   1647   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
   1648   /// specified threshold.
   1649   void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
   1650                                               ParmVarDecl * const *End,
   1651                                               QualType ReturnTy,
   1652                                               NamedDecl *D);
   1653 
   1654   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
   1655   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
   1656                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
   1657                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   1658 
   1659   /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
   1660   Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
   1661                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   1662                               SourceLocation SemiLoc);
   1663 
   1664   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
   1665   ///
   1666   /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
   1667   ///
   1668   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
   1669   ///
   1670   /// \param Path The module access path.
   1671   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
   1672                                ModuleIdPath Path);
   1673 
   1674   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
   1675   /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
   1676   void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
   1677 
   1678   /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
   1679   /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
   1680   ///
   1681   /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
   1682   /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
   1683   /// has forgotten to import.
   1684   void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
   1685                                                   Module *Mod);
   1686 
   1687   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
   1688   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
   1689     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
   1690   }
   1691 
   1692   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
   1693   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
   1694                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
   1695 
   1696   /// Scope actions.
   1697   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
   1698   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
   1699 
   1700   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1701                                    DeclSpec &DS);
   1702   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1703                                    DeclSpec &DS,
   1704                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
   1705                                    bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
   1706 
   1707   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   1708                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
   1709                                     RecordDecl *Record,
   1710                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
   1711 
   1712   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   1713                                        RecordDecl *Record);
   1714 
   1715   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
   1716                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
   1717                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
   1718                                     const IdentifierInfo &Name);
   1719 
   1720   enum TagUseKind {
   1721     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
   1722     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
   1723     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
   1724     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
   1725   };
   1726 
   1727   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   1728                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1729                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1730                  AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
   1731                  SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   1732                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   1733                  bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
   1734                  SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
   1735                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
   1736                  bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool *SkipBody = nullptr);
   1737 
   1738   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   1739                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
   1740                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1741                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   1742                                 AttributeList *Attr,
   1743                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
   1744 
   1745   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
   1746                                unsigned TagSpec,
   1747                                TagUseKind TUK,
   1748                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   1749                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
   1750                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
   1751                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
   1752 
   1753   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1754                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   1755                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
   1756   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1757                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
   1758 
   1759   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1760                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1761                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1762                          AccessSpecifier AS);
   1763   MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
   1764                                    SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1765                                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1766                                    InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1767                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
   1768                                    AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
   1769 
   1770   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
   1771                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   1772                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
   1773                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1774                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
   1775                             SourceLocation TSSL,
   1776                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
   1777                             Declarator *D = nullptr);
   1778 
   1779   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
   1780   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
   1781   bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
   1782                               bool Diagnose = false);
   1783   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   1784   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1785                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
   1786   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
   1787                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
   1788                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
   1789 
   1790   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
   1791   void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
   1792                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
   1793                    SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
   1794                    AttributeList *AttrList);
   1795 
   1796   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
   1797   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
   1798   /// struct, or union).
   1799   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
   1800 
   1801   /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
   1802   void ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD) {
   1803     PushDeclContext(S, cast<DeclContext>(TD));
   1804   }
   1805 
   1806   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
   1807 
   1808   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
   1809   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
   1810   /// member declarations.
   1811   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
   1812                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
   1813                                        bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
   1814                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
   1815 
   1816   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
   1817   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
   1818   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
   1819                                 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   1820 
   1821   void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition() {
   1822     PopDeclContext();
   1823   }
   1824 
   1825   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
   1826 
   1827   /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
   1828   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
   1829   ///
   1830   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
   1831   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
   1832   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
   1833 
   1834   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
   1835   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
   1836   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
   1837 
   1838   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
   1839                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
   1840                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
   1841                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
   1842                                       Expr *val);
   1843   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
   1844   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
   1845                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
   1846 
   1847   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
   1848                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
   1849                           AttributeList *Attrs,
   1850                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
   1851   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   1852                      SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
   1853                      ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
   1854                      Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
   1855 
   1856   DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
   1857 
   1858   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
   1859   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1860   void PopDeclContext();
   1861 
   1862   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
   1863   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
   1864   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1865   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
   1866 
   1867   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
   1868   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
   1869   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
   1870 
   1871   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
   1872 
   1873   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
   1874   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
   1875   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1876   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
   1877 
   1878   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
   1879   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
   1880   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1881   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
   1882 
   1883   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
   1884   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
   1885   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
   1886   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
   1887 
   1888   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
   1889   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
   1890 
   1891   /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
   1892   /// top level scope.
   1893   ///
   1894   /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
   1895   ///
   1896   /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
   1897   void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
   1898 
   1899   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
   1900   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
   1901   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
   1902   ///
   1903   /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
   1904   ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
   1905   ///        directly within it.
   1906   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
   1907                      bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
   1908 
   1909   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
   1910   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
   1911   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
   1912 
   1913   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
   1914   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
   1915                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   1916   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
   1917 
   1918   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
   1919   AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1920                                           IdentifierInfo *Platform,
   1921                                           VersionTuple Introduced,
   1922                                           VersionTuple Deprecated,
   1923                                           VersionTuple Obsoleted,
   1924                                           bool IsUnavailable,
   1925                                           StringRef Message,
   1926                                           bool Override,
   1927                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1928   TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1929                                        TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
   1930                                               unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1931   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1932                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
   1933                                       unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1934   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1935                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1936   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1937                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1938   MSInheritanceAttr *
   1939   mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
   1940                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
   1941                          MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
   1942   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1943                               IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
   1944                               int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1945   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
   1946                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1947   AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1948                                           IdentifierInfo *Ident,
   1949                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1950   MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1951                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1952   OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
   1953                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
   1954 
   1955   /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
   1956   /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
   1957   enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
   1958     /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
   1959     AMK_None,
   1960     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
   1961     /// an exact match.
   1962     AMK_Redeclaration,
   1963     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
   1964     /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
   1965     AMK_Override
   1966   };
   1967 
   1968   void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
   1969                            AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
   1970   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
   1971   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
   1972                          bool MergeTypeWithOld);
   1973   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
   1974                                     Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
   1975   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
   1976   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
   1977   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
   1978   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
   1979   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
   1980 
   1981   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
   1982   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
   1983   enum AssignmentAction {
   1984     AA_Assigning,
   1985     AA_Passing,
   1986     AA_Returning,
   1987     AA_Converting,
   1988     AA_Initializing,
   1989     AA_Sending,
   1990     AA_Casting,
   1991     AA_Passing_CFAudited
   1992   };
   1993 
   1994   /// C++ Overloading.
   1995   enum OverloadKind {
   1996     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
   1997     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
   1998     Ovl_Overload,
   1999 
   2000     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
   2001     /// an existing declaration.
   2002     Ovl_Match,
   2003 
   2004     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
   2005     /// non-function.
   2006     Ovl_NonFunction
   2007   };
   2008   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
   2009                              FunctionDecl *New,
   2010                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
   2011                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
   2012                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
   2013   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
   2014 
   2015   /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
   2016   /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
   2017   ///
   2018   /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
   2019   /// an available function, false otherwise.
   2020   bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2021 
   2022   ImplicitConversionSequence
   2023   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2024                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
   2025                         bool AllowExplicit,
   2026                         bool InOverloadResolution,
   2027                         bool CStyle,
   2028                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
   2029 
   2030   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2031   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2032   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2033   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2034                            bool InOverloadResolution,
   2035                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
   2036   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2037                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
   2038   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2039                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
   2040   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2041                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
   2042   bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
   2043                                   const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
   2044                                   unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
   2045   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
   2046                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
   2047 
   2048   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
   2049   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2050                               CastKind &Kind,
   2051                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
   2052                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
   2053   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2054                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
   2055                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
   2056   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2057                                     CastKind &Kind,
   2058                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
   2059                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
   2060   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2061                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
   2062   bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
   2063                             QualType &ResultTy);
   2064   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   2065   bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
   2066 
   2067   ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   2068                                              const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
   2069                                              QualType ResultType,
   2070                                              Expr *Value,
   2071                                              bool AllowNRVO = true);
   2072 
   2073   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   2074                                     ExprResult Init);
   2075   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   2076                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   2077                                        ExprResult Init,
   2078                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
   2079                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
   2080   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
   2081                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
   2082                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   2083                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   2084 
   2085   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
   2086   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
   2087 
   2088   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
   2089   enum CCEKind {
   2090     CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
   2091     CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
   2092     CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
   2093     CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
   2094   };
   2095   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
   2096                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
   2097   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
   2098                                               APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
   2099 
   2100   /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
   2101   /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
   2102   class ContextualImplicitConverter {
   2103   public:
   2104     bool Suppress;
   2105     bool SuppressConversion;
   2106 
   2107     ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
   2108                                 bool SuppressConversion = false)
   2109         : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
   2110 
   2111     /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
   2112     /// for this conversion.
   2113     virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
   2114 
   2115     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
   2116     /// integral or enumeration type.
   2117     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2118     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2119 
   2120     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
   2121     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2122     diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2123 
   2124     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
   2125     /// is explicit.
   2126     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
   2127         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2128 
   2129     /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
   2130     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2131     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2132 
   2133     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
   2134     /// functions.
   2135     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2136     diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2137 
   2138     /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
   2139     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2140     noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2141 
   2142     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
   2143     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
   2144     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
   2145         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
   2146 
   2147     virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
   2148   };
   2149 
   2150   class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
   2151     bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
   2152 
   2153   public:
   2154     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
   2155                         bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
   2156         : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
   2157           AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
   2158 
   2159     /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
   2160     bool match(QualType T) override;
   2161 
   2162     SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2163     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
   2164       return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
   2165     }
   2166 
   2167     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
   2168     /// integral or enumeration type.
   2169     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
   2170     diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
   2171   };
   2172 
   2173   /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
   2174   ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
   2175       SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
   2176 
   2177 
   2178   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
   2179     OS_Array,
   2180     OS_Dictionary,
   2181     OS_Error
   2182   };
   2183   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
   2184 
   2185   // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
   2186   // this is used for diagnostics logic.
   2187   enum ObjCLiteralKind {
   2188     LK_Array,
   2189     LK_Dictionary,
   2190     LK_Numeric,
   2191     LK_Boxed,
   2192     LK_String,
   2193     LK_Block,
   2194     LK_None
   2195   };
   2196   ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
   2197 
   2198   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
   2199                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
   2200                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   2201                                            NamedDecl *Member);
   2202 
   2203   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
   2204   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
   2205   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
   2206   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
   2207 
   2208   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
   2209                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2210                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2211                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2212                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2213                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
   2214                             bool AllowExplicit = false);
   2215   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
   2216                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2217                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   2218                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
   2219                       bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2220                       bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2221   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2222                           QualType ObjectType,
   2223                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   2224                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2225                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2226                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
   2227   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
   2228                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2229                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
   2230                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   2231                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2232                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2233                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2234                           bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2235   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
   2236                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2237                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2238                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   2239                                   QualType ObjectType,
   2240                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
   2241                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2242                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2243                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2244                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2245   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   2246                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2247                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   2248                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2249                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2250                                     bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
   2251                                     bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2252   void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
   2253                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2254                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2255                               Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2256                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2257                               bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
   2258   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   2259                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2260                                       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2261                                       Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   2262                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   2263                                       bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
   2264   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
   2265                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2266                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
   2267                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   2268                              Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2269                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   2270   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
   2271                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2272                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2273                                    SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
   2274   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
   2275                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2276                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2277                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
   2278                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
   2279   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
   2280                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2281                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
   2282   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
   2283                                             SourceLocation Loc,
   2284                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2285                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   2286                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
   2287                                             bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2288 
   2289   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
   2290   void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
   2291 
   2292   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
   2293   // identified by the expression Expr
   2294   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
   2295 
   2296   /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
   2297   /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
   2298   EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2299                               bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
   2300 
   2301   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
   2302   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
   2303   // R (A) --> R(A)
   2304   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
   2305   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
   2306   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
   2307   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
   2308 
   2309   FunctionDecl *
   2310   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
   2311                                      QualType TargetType,
   2312                                      bool Complain,
   2313                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
   2314                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
   2315 
   2316   FunctionDecl *
   2317   ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
   2318                                               bool Complain = false,
   2319                                               DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
   2320 
   2321   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
   2322                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
   2323                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
   2324                       bool Complain = false,
   2325                       const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
   2326                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
   2327                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
   2328 
   2329 
   2330   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
   2331                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2332                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
   2333   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
   2334                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   2335                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
   2336 
   2337   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   2338                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2339                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
   2340                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
   2341 
   2342   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
   2343   // range-based for loop.
   2344   enum ForRangeStatus {
   2345     FRS_Success,
   2346     FRS_NoViableFunction,
   2347     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
   2348   };
   2349 
   2350   // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
   2351   // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
   2352   enum BeginEndFunction {
   2353     BEF_begin,
   2354     BEF_end
   2355   };
   2356 
   2357   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
   2358                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
   2359                                            VarDecl *Decl,
   2360                                            BeginEndFunction BEF,
   2361                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   2362                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
   2363                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
   2364                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
   2365 
   2366   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
   2367                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   2368                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2369                                      MultiExprArg Args,
   2370                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2371                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
   2372                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
   2373 
   2374   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
   2375                               MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   2376                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
   2377                               ExprResult *Result);
   2378 
   2379   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2380                                      unsigned Opc,
   2381                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
   2382                                      Expr *input);
   2383 
   2384   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2385                                    unsigned Opc,
   2386                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
   2387                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   2388 
   2389   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
   2390                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
   2391                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
   2392 
   2393   ExprResult
   2394   BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
   2395                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2396                             MultiExprArg Args,
   2397                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2398   ExprResult
   2399   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2400                                MultiExprArg Args,
   2401                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   2402 
   2403   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   2404                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
   2405                                       bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
   2406 
   2407   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
   2408   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
   2409   /// that best represents the call.
   2410   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
   2411                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
   2412 
   2413   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
   2414   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
   2415                                 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
   2416                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
   2417   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2418   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
   2419   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
   2420 
   2421   /// \name Name lookup
   2422   ///
   2423   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
   2424   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
   2425   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
   2426   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
   2427   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
   2428   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
   2429   ///
   2430   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
   2431   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
   2432   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
   2433   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
   2434   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
   2435   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
   2436   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
   2437   ///
   2438   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
   2439   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
   2440   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
   2441   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
   2442   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
   2443   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
   2444   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
   2445   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
   2446   //@{
   2447 
   2448   /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
   2449   enum LookupNameKind {
   2450     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
   2451     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
   2452     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
   2453     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
   2454     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
   2455     /// structs, and unions.
   2456     LookupTagName,
   2457     /// Label name lookup.
   2458     LookupLabel,
   2459     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
   2460     /// class/struct/union members.
   2461     LookupMemberName,
   2462     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
   2463     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
   2464     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
   2465     LookupOperatorName,
   2466     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
   2467     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
   2468     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
   2469     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
   2470     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
   2471     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
   2472     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
   2473     LookupNamespaceName,
   2474     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
   2475     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
   2476     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
   2477     LookupUsingDeclName,
   2478     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
   2479     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
   2480     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
   2481     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
   2482     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
   2483     /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
   2484     /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
   2485     LookupLocalFriendName,
   2486     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
   2487     LookupObjCProtocolName,
   2488     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
   2489     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
   2490     /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
   2491     LookupAnyName
   2492   };
   2493 
   2494   /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
   2495   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
   2496   enum RedeclarationKind {
   2497     /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
   2498     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
   2499     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
   2500     /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
   2501     /// if an entity by that name already exists.
   2502     ForRedeclaration
   2503   };
   2504 
   2505   /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
   2506   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
   2507     /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
   2508     LOLR_Error,
   2509     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
   2510     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
   2511     LOLR_Cooked,
   2512     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
   2513     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
   2514     LOLR_Raw,
   2515     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
   2516     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
   2517     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
   2518     LOLR_Template,
   2519     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
   2520     /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
   2521     /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
   2522     LOLR_StringTemplate
   2523   };
   2524 
   2525   SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
   2526                                                    CXXSpecialMember SM,
   2527                                                    bool ConstArg,
   2528                                                    bool VolatileArg,
   2529                                                    bool RValueThis,
   2530                                                    bool ConstThis,
   2531                                                    bool VolatileThis);
   2532 
   2533   typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
   2534   typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
   2535       TypoRecoveryCallback;
   2536 
   2537 private:
   2538   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
   2539 
   2540   struct TypoExprState {
   2541     std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
   2542     TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
   2543     TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
   2544     TypoExprState();
   2545     TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
   2546     TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
   2547   };
   2548 
   2549   /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
   2550   llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
   2551 
   2552   /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
   2553   TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
   2554                               TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
   2555                               TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
   2556 
   2557   // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
   2558   //
   2559   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
   2560   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
   2561   llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
   2562 
   2563   /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
   2564   /// source.
   2565   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
   2566 
   2567   /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
   2568   /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
   2569   /// should be skipped entirely.
   2570   std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
   2571   makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
   2572                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
   2573                              CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2574                              std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
   2575                              DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
   2576                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   2577                              bool ErrorRecovery);
   2578 
   2579 public:
   2580   const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
   2581 
   2582   /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
   2583   void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
   2584 
   2585   /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
   2586   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
   2587   ///
   2588   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
   2589   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
   2590   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
   2591                               SourceLocation Loc,
   2592                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
   2593                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
   2594                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
   2595   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
   2596                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
   2597   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
   2598                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
   2599   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
   2600                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   2601   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2602                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
   2603                         bool EnteringContext = false);
   2604   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2605                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
   2606                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
   2607   bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2608 
   2609   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
   2610                                     QualType T1, QualType T2,
   2611                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
   2612   void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
   2613                                             DeclAccessPair Operator,
   2614                                             QualType T1, QualType T2);
   2615 
   2616   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   2617                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
   2618 
   2619   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2620   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2621   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   2622                                                unsigned Quals);
   2623   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
   2624                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
   2625   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   2626                                               unsigned Quals);
   2627   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
   2628                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
   2629   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   2630 
   2631   bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
   2632   LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
   2633                                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
   2634                                                     bool AllowRaw,
   2635                                                     bool AllowTemplate,
   2636                                                     bool AllowStringTemplate);
   2637   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
   2638 
   2639   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
   2640                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
   2641 
   2642   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
   2643                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
   2644                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
   2645   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
   2646                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
   2647                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
   2648 
   2649   enum CorrectTypoKind {
   2650     CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
   2651     CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
   2652   };
   2653 
   2654   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
   2655                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
   2656                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2657                              std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
   2658                              CorrectTypoKind Mode,
   2659                              DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
   2660                              bool EnteringContext = false,
   2661                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
   2662                              bool RecordFailure = true);
   2663 
   2664   TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
   2665                                Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
   2666                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   2667                                std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
   2668                                TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
   2669                                TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
   2670                                DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
   2671                                bool EnteringContext = false,
   2672                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
   2673 
   2674   ExprResult
   2675   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
   2676                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
   2677                                 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
   2678 
   2679   ExprResult
   2680   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
   2681                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
   2682                                 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
   2683     return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
   2684   }
   2685 
   2686   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
   2687                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
   2688                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
   2689 
   2690   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
   2691                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
   2692                     const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
   2693                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
   2694 
   2695   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
   2696                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   2697                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
   2698                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
   2699 
   2700   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
   2701                             bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
   2702 
   2703   void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
   2704   //@}
   2705 
   2706   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
   2707                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
   2708                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
   2709   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
   2710                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
   2711                                  SourceLocation Loc);
   2712   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
   2713                                       Scope *S);
   2714   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
   2715 
   2716   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
   2717 
   2718   void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   2719   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
   2720   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
   2721   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
   2722                                 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
   2723   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
   2724                                       const AttributeList *AttrList);
   2725 
   2726   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
   2727 
   2728   /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
   2729   /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
   2730   /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
   2731   /// type as valid.
   2732   bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
   2733 
   2734   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
   2735   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
   2736                             const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
   2737   bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
   2738   bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
   2739                                       unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
   2740                                       SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
   2741   bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
   2742   bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
   2743       CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
   2744       MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
   2745 
   2746   void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
   2747 
   2748   /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
   2749   /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
   2750   /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
   2751   void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
   2752 
   2753   // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
   2754   // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
   2755   // one that came from a typedef.
   2756   bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
   2757 
   2758   /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
   2759   /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
   2760   const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
   2761 
   2762   /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
   2763   StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
   2764                                    SourceRange Range);
   2765 
   2766   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2767                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
   2768                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2769 
   2770   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2771                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
   2772                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2773 
   2774   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
   2775   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
   2776   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2777                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
   2778                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
   2779 
   2780   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
   2781   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
   2782 
   2783   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
   2784   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
   2785   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
   2786                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
   2787                                 SourceLocation Loc);
   2788 
   2789   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
   2790   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
   2791   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2792                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
   2793                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
   2794 
   2795   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
   2796   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
   2797   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2798                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2799                                        bool SynthesizeProperties);
   2800 
   2801   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
   2802   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
   2803   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2804                                     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
   2805   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   2806 
   2807   /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
   2808   /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
   2809   /// declared in class 'IFace'.
   2810   bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
   2811                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
   2812 
   2813   /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
   2814   /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
   2815   void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
   2816                                            const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
   2817 
   2818   /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
   2819   /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
   2820   /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
   2821   ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2822                                                const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
   2823 
   2824   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
   2825   /// class extensions.
   2826   ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
   2827                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2828                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2829                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
   2830                       Selector GetterSel,
   2831                       Selector SetterSel,
   2832                       const bool isAssign,
   2833                       const bool isReadWrite,
   2834                       const unsigned Attributes,
   2835                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
   2836                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
   2837                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
   2838                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
   2839 
   2840   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
   2841   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
   2842   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
   2843                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
   2844                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
   2845                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   2846                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
   2847                                        Selector GetterSel,
   2848                                        Selector SetterSel,
   2849                                        const bool isAssign,
   2850                                        const bool isReadWrite,
   2851                                        const unsigned Attributes,
   2852                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
   2853                                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
   2854                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   2855                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
   2856 
   2857   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
   2858   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
   2859   /// setter or getter.
   2860   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2861                                        ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
   2862 
   2863   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
   2864 
   2865   void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
   2866                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
   2867                                           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
   2868 
   2869   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
   2870 
   2871   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
   2872     MMS_loose,
   2873     MMS_strict
   2874   };
   2875 
   2876   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
   2877   /// true, or false, accordingly.
   2878   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   2879                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
   2880                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
   2881 
   2882   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
   2883   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
   2884   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
   2885                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
   2886                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
   2887                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
   2888                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
   2889                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
   2890                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
   2891                                   bool ImmediateClass,
   2892                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
   2893 
   2894   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
   2895   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
   2896   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
   2897   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
   2898 
   2899   /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
   2900   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
   2901 
   2902 private:
   2903   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
   2904   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
   2905   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
   2906 
   2907   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
   2908   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
   2909   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2910                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
   2911                                            bool instance);
   2912 
   2913 public:
   2914   /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
   2915   /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
   2916   /// false; otherwise, it returns true
   2917   bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
   2918                                           SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
   2919                                           bool instance);
   2920 
   2921   bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
   2922                                       SourceRange R,
   2923                                       bool receiverIdOrClass);
   2924 
   2925   void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
   2926                                           Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2927                                           bool receiverIdOrClass);
   2928 
   2929 private:
   2930   /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
   2931   /// nullptr if none could be found
   2932   ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
   2933                                    bool IsInstance);
   2934 
   2935 
   2936   /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
   2937   TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
   2938                                   bool RecordFailure = true) {
   2939     if (RecordFailure)
   2940       TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
   2941     return TypoCorrection();
   2942   }
   2943 
   2944 public:
   2945   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
   2946   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
   2947   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
   2948   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
   2949   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
   2950     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
   2951   }
   2952 
   2953   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
   2954   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
   2955     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
   2956   }
   2957 
   2958   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
   2959   /// pool.
   2960   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
   2961 
   2962   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
   2963   /// there are multiple signatures.
   2964   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2965                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
   2966     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
   2967                                     /*instance*/true);
   2968   }
   2969 
   2970   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
   2971   /// there are multiple signatures.
   2972   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
   2973                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
   2974     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
   2975                                     /*instance*/false);
   2976   }
   2977 
   2978   const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
   2979                               QualType ObjectType=QualType());
   2980   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
   2981   /// implementation.
   2982   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
   2983 
   2984   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
   2985   /// initialization.
   2986   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
   2987                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
   2988 
   2989   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   2990   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
   2991 public:
   2992   class FullExprArg {
   2993   public:
   2994     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
   2995 
   2996     ExprResult release() {
   2997       return E;
   2998     }
   2999 
   3000     Expr *get() const { return E; }
   3001 
   3002     Expr *operator->() {
   3003       return E;
   3004     }
   3005 
   3006   private:
   3007     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
   3008     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
   3009     friend class Sema;
   3010 
   3011     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
   3012 
   3013     Expr *E;
   3014   };
   3015 
   3016   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
   3017     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
   3018   }
   3019   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
   3020     return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
   3021   }
   3022   FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
   3023     ExprResult FE =
   3024       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
   3025                           /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
   3026     return FullExprArg(FE.get());
   3027   }
   3028 
   3029   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
   3030   StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
   3031 
   3032   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
   3033                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
   3034 
   3035   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
   3036   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
   3037   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
   3038                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
   3039 
   3040   /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
   3041   class CompoundScopeRAII {
   3042   public:
   3043     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
   3044       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
   3045     }
   3046 
   3047     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
   3048       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
   3049     }
   3050 
   3051   private:
   3052     Sema &S;
   3053   };
   3054 
   3055   /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
   3056   struct FunctionScopeRAII {
   3057     Sema &S;
   3058     bool Active;
   3059     FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
   3060     ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
   3061       if (Active)
   3062         S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
   3063     }
   3064     void disable() { Active = false; }
   3065   };
   3066 
   3067   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
   3068                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3069                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
   3070   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
   3071   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
   3072   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
   3073                                    SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
   3074                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc);
   3075   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
   3076 
   3077   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   3078                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3079                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
   3080   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
   3081                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
   3082 
   3083   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
   3084                                  ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
   3085                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
   3086 
   3087   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
   3088                          FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
   3089                          Stmt *ThenVal,
   3090                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
   3091   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
   3092                                             Expr *Cond,
   3093                                             Decl *CondVar);
   3094   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
   3095                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
   3096   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
   3097                             FullExprArg Cond,
   3098                             Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
   3099   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
   3100                                  SourceLocation WhileLoc,
   3101                                  SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
   3102                                  SourceLocation CondRParen);
   3103 
   3104   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
   3105                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3106                           Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
   3107                           Decl *SecondVar,
   3108                           FullExprArg Third,
   3109                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3110                           Stmt *Body);
   3111   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
   3112                                            Expr *collection);
   3113   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
   3114                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
   3115                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3116   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
   3117 
   3118   enum BuildForRangeKind {
   3119     /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
   3120     BFRK_Build,
   3121     /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
   3122     /// attempt any typo-correction.
   3123     BFRK_Rebuild,
   3124     /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
   3125     /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
   3126     BFRK_Check
   3127   };
   3128 
   3129   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
   3130                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
   3131                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3132                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
   3133   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
   3134                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3135                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
   3136                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
   3137                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
   3138                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3139                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
   3140   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
   3141 
   3142   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
   3143                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
   3144                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
   3145   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
   3146                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
   3147                                    Expr *DestExp);
   3148   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3149   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3150 
   3151   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
   3152                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
   3153   typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
   3154   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
   3155                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
   3156                                 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
   3157   StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
   3158   void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
   3159   RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
   3160                                            SourceLocation Loc,
   3161                                            unsigned NumParams);
   3162   VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
   3163                                    bool AllowFunctionParameters);
   3164   bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
   3165                               bool AllowFunctionParameters);
   3166 
   3167   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
   3168                              Scope *CurScope);
   3169   StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
   3170   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
   3171 
   3172   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
   3173                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
   3174                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
   3175                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3176                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
   3177                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3178 
   3179   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3180                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3181                                        UnqualifiedId &Id,
   3182                                        llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
   3183                                        bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
   3184   bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
   3185                             unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
   3186   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   3187                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
   3188                             StringRef AsmString,
   3189                             unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
   3190                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
   3191                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
   3192                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
   3193                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
   3194   LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
   3195                                    SourceLocation Location,
   3196                                    bool AlwaysCreate);
   3197 
   3198   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
   3199                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3200                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
   3201                                   bool Invalid = false);
   3202 
   3203   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   3204 
   3205   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
   3206                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
   3207 
   3208   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
   3209 
   3210   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
   3211                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
   3212 
   3213   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
   3214   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
   3215                                   Scope *CurScope);
   3216   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
   3217                                             Expr *operand);
   3218   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   3219                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
   3220                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
   3221 
   3222   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
   3223 
   3224   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3225                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   3226                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
   3227                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
   3228 
   3229   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   3230 
   3231   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
   3232                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
   3233   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
   3234                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
   3235 
   3236   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
   3237                               SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
   3238                               Stmt *Handler);
   3239   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
   3240                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
   3241                                  Stmt *Block);
   3242   void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
   3243   void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
   3244   StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
   3245   StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
   3246 
   3247   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
   3248 
   3249   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
   3250 
   3251   /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
   3252   /// of it.
   3253   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
   3254 
   3255   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
   3256   /// whose result is unused, warn.
   3257   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
   3258   void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
   3259   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
   3260 
   3261   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
   3262   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
   3263   ///
   3264   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
   3265   ///     if (condition);
   3266   ///       do_stuff();
   3267   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
   3268                              const Stmt *Body,
   3269                              unsigned DiagID);
   3270 
   3271   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
   3272   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
   3273   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
   3274                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
   3275 
   3276   /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
   3277   void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
   3278                         SourceLocation OpLoc);
   3279 
   3280   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
   3281     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
   3282   }
   3283   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
   3284 
   3285   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
   3286   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
   3287     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
   3288   }
   3289   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
   3290     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
   3291   }
   3292 
   3293   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
   3294 
   3295   enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
   3296 
   3297   void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
   3298                                NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
   3299                                SourceLocation Loc,
   3300                                const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
   3301                                const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty,
   3302                                bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
   3303 
   3304   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
   3305                                      StringRef message);
   3306 
   3307   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   3308   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
   3309 
   3310   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
   3311   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
   3312                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
   3313                          bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
   3314   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
   3315   std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
   3316   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
   3317                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
   3318                                         SourceLocation Loc);
   3319   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
   3320                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
   3321 
   3322   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   3323                                        Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
   3324                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
   3325   enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
   3326   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   3327                                        ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
   3328                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
   3329   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
   3330 
   3331   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
   3332 
   3333   ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
   3334   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
   3335 
   3336   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
   3337 
   3338   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
   3339   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
   3340   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
   3341   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
   3342   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
   3343   // named expressions.
   3344   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
   3345   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
   3346                               bool OdrUse = true);
   3347   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
   3348   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
   3349   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
   3350 
   3351   void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
   3352   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
   3353 
   3354   enum TryCaptureKind {
   3355     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
   3356   };
   3357 
   3358   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
   3359   ///
   3360   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
   3361   ///
   3362   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
   3363   ///
   3364   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
   3365   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
   3366   ///
   3367   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
   3368   /// an explicit lambda capture.
   3369   ///
   3370   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
   3371   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
   3372   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
   3373   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
   3374   ///
   3375   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
   3376   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
   3377   /// variable can be captured.
   3378   ///
   3379   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
   3380   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
   3381   /// captured.
   3382   ///
   3383   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
   3384   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
   3385   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
   3386   /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
   3387   /// a nested generic lambda.
   3388   ///
   3389   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
   3390   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
   3391   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
   3392                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
   3393                           QualType &CaptureType,
   3394                           QualType &DeclRefType,
   3395                           const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
   3396 
   3397   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
   3398   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
   3399                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
   3400                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
   3401 
   3402   /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
   3403   bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
   3404 
   3405   /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
   3406   /// variable will have in the given scope.
   3407   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
   3408 
   3409   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
   3410   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
   3411                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
   3412 
   3413   /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
   3414   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
   3415   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
   3416   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
   3417                             bool ForceComplain = false,
   3418                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
   3419 
   3420   /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
   3421   bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
   3422                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
   3423 
   3424   /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
   3425   /// evaluation context.
   3426   ///
   3427   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
   3428   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
   3429   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
   3430   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
   3431   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
   3432                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
   3433 
   3434   // Primary Expressions.
   3435   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
   3436 
   3437   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
   3438       Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3439       UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
   3440       std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
   3441       bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
   3442 
   3443   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
   3444                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
   3445                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3446                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
   3447 
   3448   bool
   3449   DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
   3450                       std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
   3451                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
   3452                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
   3453 
   3454   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
   3455                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
   3456                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
   3457 
   3458   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3459                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3460                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3461                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
   3462                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3463 
   3464   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
   3465                               ExprValueKind VK,
   3466                               SourceLocation Loc,
   3467                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
   3468   ExprResult
   3469   BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
   3470                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3471                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
   3472                    NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
   3473                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
   3474   ExprResult
   3475   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
   3476       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3477       SourceLocation nameLoc,
   3478       IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
   3479       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
   3480       Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
   3481       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
   3482 
   3483   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3484                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3485                                              LookupResult &R,
   3486                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3487   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3488                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3489                                      LookupResult &R,
   3490                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   3491                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance);
   3492   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3493                                   const LookupResult &R,
   3494                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
   3495 
   3496   ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
   3497       CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3498       bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
   3499 
   3500   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3501                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3502                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3503                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3504 
   3505   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3506                                       LookupResult &R,
   3507                                       bool NeedsADL,
   3508                                       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
   3509   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
   3510       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
   3511       NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
   3512       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
   3513       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
   3514 
   3515   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
   3516                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
   3517                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   3518                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
   3519                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
   3520 
   3521   ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
   3522                                  PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
   3523   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   3524   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
   3525 
   3526   bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   3527 
   3528   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
   3529   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
   3530                                     Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
   3531   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
   3532   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
   3533                                 SourceLocation R,
   3534                                 MultiExprArg Val);
   3535 
   3536   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
   3537   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
   3538   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
   3539                                 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
   3540 
   3541   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   3542                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   3543                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3544                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
   3545                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
   3546                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
   3547   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   3548                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
   3549                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3550                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
   3551                                         ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
   3552                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
   3553 
   3554   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
   3555   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
   3556                                   Expr *InputExpr);
   3557   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3558                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
   3559   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3560                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
   3561 
   3562   QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
   3563 
   3564   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3565                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3566                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
   3567                                             SourceRange R);
   3568   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3569                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   3570   ExprResult
   3571     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3572                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
   3573                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
   3574                                   const SourceRange &ArgRange);
   3575 
   3576   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
   3577   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
   3578 
   3579   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   3580   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3581                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
   3582                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
   3583   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
   3584                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3585                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
   3586                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
   3587                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3588   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3589                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
   3590 
   3591   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
   3592                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
   3593   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
   3594                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
   3595 
   3596   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
   3597   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
   3598   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
   3599   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
   3600   // defines a custom operator->).
   3601   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
   3602     Scope *S;
   3603     UnqualifiedId &Id;
   3604     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
   3605   };
   3606 
   3607   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
   3608       Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
   3609       CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3610       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3611       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   3612       ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
   3613 
   3614   ExprResult
   3615   BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3616                            bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3617                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3618                            NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
   3619                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
   3620                            bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
   3621                            ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
   3622 
   3623   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
   3624 
   3625   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
   3626                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3627                                      const LookupResult &R);
   3628 
   3629   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
   3630                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3631                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3632                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3633                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
   3634                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3635                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   3636 
   3637   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   3638                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3639                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   3640                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3641                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   3642                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
   3643                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
   3644 
   3645   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
   3646   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
   3647                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   3648                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   3649                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   3650                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3651                                bool ExecConfig = false);
   3652   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   3653                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
   3654                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
   3655 
   3656   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
   3657   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
   3658   /// locations.
   3659   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3660                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3661                            Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
   3662                            bool IsExecConfig = false);
   3663   ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
   3664                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3665                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
   3666                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3667                                    Expr *Config = nullptr,
   3668                                    bool IsExecConfig = false);
   3669 
   3670   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
   3671                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
   3672                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
   3673 
   3674   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3675                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
   3676                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
   3677   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3678                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
   3679                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3680                                  Expr *Op);
   3681   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
   3682 
   3683   /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
   3684   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3685                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
   3686                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
   3687 
   3688   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
   3689 
   3690   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3691                                   ParsedType Ty,
   3692                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3693                                   Expr *InitExpr);
   3694 
   3695   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   3696                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3697                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   3698                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
   3699 
   3700   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
   3701                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
   3702                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   3703 
   3704   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
   3705                                         SourceLocation Loc,
   3706                                         bool GNUSyntax,
   3707                                         ExprResult Init);
   3708 
   3709 private:
   3710   static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
   3711 
   3712 public:
   3713   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
   3714                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3715   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   3716                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3717   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
   3718                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3719 
   3720   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
   3721   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
   3722   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
   3723                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   3724                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
   3725 
   3726   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
   3727   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
   3728                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
   3729 
   3730   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
   3731   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
   3732                            SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
   3733   void ActOnStmtExprError();
   3734 
   3735   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
   3736   struct OffsetOfComponent {
   3737     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
   3738     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
   3739     union {
   3740       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
   3741       Expr *E;
   3742     } U;
   3743   };
   3744 
   3745   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
   3746   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3747                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   3748                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
   3749                                   unsigned NumComponents,
   3750                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3751   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
   3752                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3753                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
   3754                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
   3755                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
   3756                                   unsigned NumComponents,
   3757                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3758 
   3759   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
   3760   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3761                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
   3762                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3763 
   3764   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
   3765   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
   3766                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3767   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
   3768                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
   3769 
   3770   // __null
   3771   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
   3772 
   3773   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
   3774 
   3775   /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
   3776   enum IfExistsResult {
   3777     /// \brief The symbol exists.
   3778     IER_Exists,
   3779 
   3780     /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
   3781     IER_DoesNotExist,
   3782 
   3783     /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
   3784     /// from one instantiation to the next.
   3785     IER_Dependent,
   3786 
   3787     /// \brief An error occurred.
   3788     IER_Error
   3789   };
   3790 
   3791   IfExistsResult
   3792   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3793                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
   3794 
   3795   IfExistsResult
   3796   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3797                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3798                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
   3799 
   3800   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3801                                         bool IsIfExists,
   3802                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
   3803                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
   3804                                         Stmt *Nested);
   3805   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   3806                                         bool IsIfExists,
   3807                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3808                                         Stmt *Nested);
   3809 
   3810   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
   3811 
   3812   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
   3813   /// started.
   3814   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3815 
   3816   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
   3817   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
   3818   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
   3819                            Scope *CurScope);
   3820 
   3821   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
   3822   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
   3823   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
   3824 
   3825   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
   3826   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
   3827   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
   3828                                 Scope *CurScope);
   3829 
   3830   //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
   3831 
   3832   /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
   3833   ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
   3834                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3835                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3836 
   3837   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
   3838 
   3839   /// __builtin_astype(...)
   3840   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
   3841                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   3842                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   3843 
   3844   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
   3845 
   3846   // Act on C++ namespaces
   3847   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
   3848                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
   3849                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3850                                IdentifierInfo *Ident,
   3851                                SourceLocation LBrace,
   3852                                AttributeList *AttrList);
   3853   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
   3854 
   3855   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
   3856   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
   3857 
   3858   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
   3859 
   3860   /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
   3861   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
   3862   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
   3863 
   3864   /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
   3865   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
   3866   ///
   3867   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
   3868   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
   3869 
   3870   /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
   3871   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
   3872   bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
   3873 
   3874   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
   3875                             SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3876                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
   3877                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3878                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3879                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
   3880                             AttributeList *AttrList);
   3881 
   3882   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
   3883 
   3884   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
   3885                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
   3886                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
   3887                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
   3888                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3889                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
   3890                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
   3891 
   3892   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
   3893   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
   3894                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
   3895                             UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
   3896   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
   3897                                         NamedDecl *Target,
   3898                                         UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
   3899 
   3900   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3901                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
   3902                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3903                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
   3904                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
   3905   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3906                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3907                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   3908                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
   3909 
   3910   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   3911                                    SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3912                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3913                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
   3914                                    AttributeList *AttrList,
   3915                                    bool IsInstantiation,
   3916                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
   3917                                    SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
   3918 
   3919   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
   3920 
   3921   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
   3922                               AccessSpecifier AS,
   3923                               bool HasUsingKeyword,
   3924                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3925                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   3926                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3927                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   3928                               bool HasTypenameKeyword,
   3929                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
   3930   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
   3931                               AccessSpecifier AS,
   3932                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
   3933                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
   3934                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   3935                               AttributeList *AttrList,
   3936                               TypeResult Type,
   3937                               Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
   3938 
   3939   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
   3940   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
   3941   ///
   3942   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
   3943   ExprResult
   3944   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
   3945                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
   3946                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
   3947                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
   3948                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
   3949                         SourceRange ParenRange);
   3950 
   3951   // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
   3952   // the constructor can be elidable?
   3953   ExprResult
   3954   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
   3955                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
   3956                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
   3957                         bool IsListInitialization,
   3958                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
   3959                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
   3960 
   3961   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
   3962 
   3963   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
   3964   /// the default expr if needed.
   3965   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
   3966                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
   3967                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
   3968 
   3969   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
   3970   /// constructed variable.
   3971   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
   3972 
   3973   /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
   3974   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
   3975   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
   3976     // Pointer to allow copying
   3977     Sema *Self;
   3978     // We order exception specifications thus:
   3979     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
   3980     // throw() comes next.
   3981     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
   3982     // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
   3983     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
   3984     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
   3985     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
   3986     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
   3987 
   3988     void ClearExceptions() {
   3989       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
   3990       Exceptions.clear();
   3991     }
   3992 
   3993   public:
   3994     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
   3995       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
   3996       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
   3997         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
   3998     }
   3999 
   4000     /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
   4001     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
   4002       assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
   4003              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
   4004       return ComputedEST;
   4005     }
   4006 
   4007     /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
   4008     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
   4009 
   4010     /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
   4011     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
   4012 
   4013     /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
   4014     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4015 
   4016     /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
   4017     void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
   4018 
   4019     /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
   4020     /// computed exception specification.
   4021     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
   4022       FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
   4023       ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
   4024       if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
   4025         ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
   4026       } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
   4027         /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
   4028         ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
   4029         ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
   4030         ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
   4031         ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
   4032                                                      tok::kw_false).get();
   4033       }
   4034       return ESI;
   4035     }
   4036   };
   4037 
   4038   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   4039   /// copy constructor of a class will have.
   4040   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4041   ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
   4042                                            CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4043 
   4044   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   4045   /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
   4046   /// will be const.
   4047   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4048   ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4049 
   4050   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
   4051   /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
   4052   /// parameter will be const.
   4053   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4054   ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4055 
   4056   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
   4057   /// constructor of a class will have.
   4058   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4059   ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4060 
   4061   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
   4062   /// assignment operator of a class will have.
   4063   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4064   ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4065 
   4066   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
   4067   /// destructor of a class will have.
   4068   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4069   ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4070 
   4071   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
   4072   /// constructor of a class will have.
   4073   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
   4074   ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
   4075 
   4076   /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
   4077   /// special member function.
   4078   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   4079 
   4080   /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
   4081   /// exception specification information with the results.
   4082   void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
   4083                                    ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
   4084                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
   4085                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
   4086                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
   4087                                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
   4088                                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
   4089 
   4090   /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
   4091   /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
   4092   bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
   4093 
   4094   /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
   4095   /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
   4096   /// after the method itself was declared.
   4097   void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
   4098          ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
   4099          SourceRange SpecificationRange,
   4100          ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
   4101          ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
   4102          Expr *NoexceptExpr);
   4103 
   4104   /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
   4105   /// definition when it is defaulted.
   4106   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
   4107                                  bool Diagnose = false);
   4108 
   4109   /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
   4110   ///
   4111   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4112   /// default constructor will be added.
   4113   ///
   4114   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
   4115   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
   4116                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4117 
   4118   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4119   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
   4120   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4121                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4122 
   4123   /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
   4124   ///
   4125   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4126   /// destructor will be added.
   4127   ///
   4128   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
   4129   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4130 
   4131   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4132   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
   4133   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4134                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   4135 
   4136   /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
   4137   ///
   4138   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
   4139   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
   4140   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   4141                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   4142 
   4143   /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
   4144   ///
   4145   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
   4146   /// constructors will be added.
   4147   void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4148 
   4149   /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
   4150   void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
   4151                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4152 
   4153   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
   4154   ///
   4155   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4156   /// copy constructor will be added.
   4157   ///
   4158   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
   4159   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4160 
   4161   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4162   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
   4163   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4164                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4165 
   4166   /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
   4167   ///
   4168   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
   4169   /// move constructor will be added.
   4170   ///
   4171   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
   4172   /// declared.
   4173   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4174 
   4175   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
   4176   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
   4177   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4178                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   4179 
   4180   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
   4181   ///
   4182   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
   4183   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
   4184   ///
   4185   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
   4186   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4187 
   4188   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
   4189   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4190                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
   4191 
   4192   /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
   4193   ///
   4194   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
   4195   /// move assignment operator will be added.
   4196   ///
   4197   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
   4198   /// wasn't declared.
   4199   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4200 
   4201   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
   4202   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4203                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
   4204 
   4205   /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
   4206   /// class.
   4207   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
   4208 
   4209   /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
   4210   /// special member function.
   4211   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
   4212 
   4213   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
   4214   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
   4215   ///
   4216   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
   4217   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4218 
   4219   /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
   4220   /// member function.
   4221   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4222 
   4223   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
   4224   /// static member function.
   4225   ///
   4226   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
   4227   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
   4228 
   4229   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
   4230   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
   4231   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
   4232   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
   4233 
   4234   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   4235                                MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
   4236                                SourceLocation Loc,
   4237                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
   4238                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
   4239                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
   4240 
   4241   ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4242                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
   4243                                           IdentifierInfo &Name);
   4244 
   4245   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4246                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   4247                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4248                                ParsedType ObjectType,
   4249                                bool EnteringContext);
   4250 
   4251   ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
   4252 
   4253   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
   4254   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
   4255                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
   4256 
   4257   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
   4258   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4259                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
   4260                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
   4261                                Declarator &D,
   4262                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
   4263                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4264                                Expr *E,
   4265                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4266 
   4267   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4268                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
   4269                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
   4270                                Expr *E,
   4271                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
   4272                                SourceRange Parens);
   4273 
   4274   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4275                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4276                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
   4277                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4278   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4279                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4280                             Expr *Operand,
   4281                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4282 
   4283   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
   4284   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4285                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
   4286                             void *TyOrExpr,
   4287                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4288 
   4289   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4290                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4291                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
   4292                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4293   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
   4294                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
   4295                             Expr *Operand,
   4296                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4297 
   4298   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
   4299   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4300                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
   4301                             void *TyOrExpr,
   4302                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4303 
   4304   /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
   4305   ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
   4306                               tok::TokenKind Operator,
   4307                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
   4308                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4309   ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
   4310                               BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
   4311                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
   4312                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4313   ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   4314                                    BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
   4315 
   4316   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
   4317   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
   4318 
   4319   /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
   4320   ///
   4321   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
   4322   QualType getCurrentThisType();
   4323 
   4324   /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
   4325   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
   4326   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
   4327   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
   4328 
   4329   /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
   4330   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
   4331   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
   4332     Sema &S;
   4333     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
   4334     bool Enabled;
   4335 
   4336   public:
   4337     /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
   4338     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
   4339     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
   4340     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
   4341     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
   4342                      bool Enabled = true);
   4343 
   4344     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
   4345   };
   4346 
   4347   /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
   4348   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
   4349   ///
   4350   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
   4351   ///
   4352   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
   4353   /// capture list.
   4354   ///
   4355   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
   4356   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
   4357   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
   4358   /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
   4359   /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
   4360   /// a non-static member function or a static function).
   4361   /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
   4362   bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
   4363       bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
   4364       const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
   4365 
   4366   /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
   4367   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
   4368   /// being defined.
   4369   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
   4370 
   4371   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
   4372   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   4373 
   4374 
   4375   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
   4376   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
   4377 
   4378   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
   4379   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
   4380 
   4381   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
   4382   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
   4383   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
   4384                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
   4385   bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
   4386 
   4387   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
   4388   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
   4389   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
   4390   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
   4391   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
   4392                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4393                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
   4394                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4395 
   4396   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
   4397                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4398                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
   4399                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4400 
   4401   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
   4402   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
   4403                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
   4404                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
   4405                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
   4406                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
   4407                          Expr *Initializer);
   4408   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
   4409                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
   4410                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
   4411                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
   4412                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
   4413                          QualType AllocType,
   4414                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
   4415                          Expr *ArraySize,
   4416                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
   4417                          Expr *Initializer,
   4418                          bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
   4419 
   4420   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
   4421                           SourceRange R);
   4422   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
   4423                                bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
   4424                                MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
   4425                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
   4426                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
   4427   bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
   4428                               DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
   4429                               DeclContext *Ctx,
   4430                               bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
   4431                               bool Diagnose = true);
   4432   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
   4433   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
   4434                                        QualType Param1,
   4435                                        QualType Param2 = QualType(),
   4436                                        bool addRestrictAttr = false);
   4437 
   4438   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
   4439                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
   4440                                 bool Diagnose = true);
   4441   FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   4442                                               bool CanProvideSize,
   4443                                               DeclarationName Name);
   4444 
   4445   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
   4446   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   4447                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
   4448                             Expr *Operand);
   4449 
   4450   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
   4451   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
   4452                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
   4453                                     bool ConvertToBoolean);
   4454 
   4455   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
   4456                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
   4457   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
   4458                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   4459 
   4460   /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
   4461   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4462                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
   4463                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4464   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4465                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
   4466                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4467 
   4468   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
   4469   /// pseudo-functions.
   4470   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
   4471                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4472                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
   4473                                  Expr *DimExpr,
   4474                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   4475 
   4476   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
   4477                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4478                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   4479                                  Expr *DimExpr,
   4480                                  SourceLocation RParen);
   4481 
   4482   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
   4483   /// pseudo-functions.
   4484   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
   4485                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4486                                   Expr *Queried,
   4487                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   4488 
   4489   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
   4490                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
   4491                                   Expr *Queried,
   4492                                   SourceLocation RParen);
   4493 
   4494   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
   4495                                           Expr *Base,
   4496                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4497                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4498                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
   4499                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
   4500 
   4501   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
   4502                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4503                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4504                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4505                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
   4506                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4507                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4508                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
   4509 
   4510   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   4511                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4512                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4513                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4514                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
   4515                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4516                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4517                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
   4518 
   4519   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   4520                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   4521                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
   4522                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
   4523                                        const DeclSpec& DS);
   4524 
   4525   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
   4526   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
   4527   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
   4528   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
   4529   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
   4530   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
   4531 
   4532   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
   4533     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
   4534                                           : SourceLocation());
   4535   }
   4536   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
   4537                                  bool DiscardedValue = false,
   4538                                  bool IsConstexpr = false,
   4539                                  bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
   4540   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
   4541 
   4542   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
   4543   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
   4544 
   4545   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
   4546   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4547                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
   4548   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4549   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
   4550 
   4551   /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
   4552   ///
   4553   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   4554   ///
   4555   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
   4556   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
   4557   ///
   4558   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4559   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4560 
   4561   /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
   4562   ///
   4563   /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
   4564   ///
   4565   /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
   4566   ///
   4567   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
   4568   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
   4569   ///
   4570   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4571   bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   4572                                 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4573 
   4574   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
   4575                                        bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
   4576   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
   4577 
   4578   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4579                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4580                                     IdentifierInfo &II,
   4581                                     ParsedType ObjectType);
   4582 
   4583   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   4584                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   4585                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   4586                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4587                                    QualType ObjectType,
   4588                                    bool EnteringContext,
   4589                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4590                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
   4591                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
   4592                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
   4593 
   4594   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
   4595   ///
   4596   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   4597   ///
   4598   /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
   4599   ///
   4600   /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
   4601   ///
   4602   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   4603   ///
   4604   /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
   4605   /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
   4606   ///
   4607   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
   4608   /// this nested-name-specifier.
   4609   ///
   4610   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
   4611   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
   4612   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
   4613   /// including this new type).
   4614   ///
   4615   /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
   4616   /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
   4617   ///
   4618   /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
   4619   /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
   4620   /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
   4621   ///
   4622   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4623   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   4624                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   4625                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   4626                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4627                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
   4628                                    bool EnteringContext,
   4629                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4630                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
   4631                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
   4632 
   4633   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
   4634 
   4635   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4636                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
   4637                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
   4638 
   4639   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4640                                  IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
   4641                                  SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
   4642                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4643                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
   4644                                  bool EnteringContext);
   4645 
   4646   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
   4647   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
   4648   ///
   4649   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
   4650   ///
   4651   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
   4652   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
   4653   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
   4654   /// including this new type).
   4655   ///
   4656   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
   4657   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
   4658   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
   4659   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
   4660   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
   4661   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
   4662   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
   4663   ///
   4664   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
   4665   /// nested-name-specifier.
   4666   ///
   4667   ///
   4668   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   4669   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
   4670                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4671                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   4672                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
   4673                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   4674                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   4675                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   4676                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   4677                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
   4678                                    bool EnteringContext);
   4679 
   4680   /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
   4681   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
   4682   /// nested-name-specifier.
   4683   ///
   4684   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
   4685   ///
   4686   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
   4687   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
   4688   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4689 
   4690   /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
   4691   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
   4692   ///
   4693   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
   4694   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
   4695   ///
   4696   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
   4697   ///
   4698   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
   4699   /// of the annotation pointer.
   4700   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
   4701                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
   4702                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4703 
   4704   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4705 
   4706   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
   4707   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
   4708   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
   4709   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
   4710   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
   4711   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
   4712   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4713 
   4714   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
   4715   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
   4716   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
   4717   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
   4718   /// defining scope.
   4719   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   4720 
   4721   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
   4722   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
   4723   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
   4724   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
   4725   /// class X.
   4726   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
   4727 
   4728   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
   4729   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
   4730   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
   4731 
   4732   /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
   4733   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4734                                          TypeSourceInfo *Info,
   4735                                          bool KnownDependent,
   4736                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
   4737 
   4738   /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
   4739   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   4740                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4741                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
   4742                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
   4743                                        ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
   4744 
   4745   /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
   4746   void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
   4747                         CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
   4748                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
   4749                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
   4750                         SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
   4751                         bool ExplicitParams,
   4752                         bool ExplicitResultType,
   4753                         bool Mutable);
   4754 
   4755   /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
   4756   /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
   4757   /// not being used to initialize a reference.
   4758   QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
   4759       bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
   4760   /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
   4761   ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
   4762   ///
   4763   ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
   4764   ///  variables appropriately.
   4765   VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
   4766     QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
   4767 
   4768   /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
   4769   FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
   4770 
   4771   /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
   4772   /// given lambda.
   4773   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
   4774 
   4775   /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
   4776   void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
   4777 
   4778   /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
   4779   /// statements present in the body.
   4780   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
   4781 
   4782   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
   4783   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
   4784   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
   4785   /// lambda.
   4786   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
   4787                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
   4788 
   4789   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
   4790   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
   4791   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
   4792                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
   4793 
   4794   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
   4795   /// was successfully completed.
   4796   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
   4797                              Scope *CurScope,
   4798                              bool IsInstantiation = false);
   4799 
   4800   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
   4801   /// function pointer.
   4802   ///
   4803   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
   4804   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
   4805   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
   4806   /// block pointer conversion.
   4807   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
   4808          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
   4809 
   4810   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
   4811   /// block pointer.
   4812   ///
   4813   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
   4814   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
   4815   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
   4816   /// block pointer conversion.
   4817   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
   4818                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
   4819 
   4820   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
   4821                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
   4822                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
   4823                                            Expr *Src);
   4824 
   4825   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
   4826   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
   4827                                     Expr **Strings,
   4828                                     unsigned NumStrings);
   4829 
   4830   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
   4831 
   4832   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
   4833   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
   4834   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
   4835   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
   4836   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
   4837                                   bool Value);
   4838   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
   4839 
   4840   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
   4841   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
   4842   /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
   4843   /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
   4844   /// "char *" or "const char *".
   4845   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
   4846 
   4847   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
   4848                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
   4849                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
   4850                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
   4851 
   4852   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
   4853                                         ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
   4854                                         unsigned NumElements);
   4855 
   4856   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4857                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
   4858                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4859   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
   4860                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
   4861                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
   4862 
   4863   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4864                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
   4865                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4866                                        ParsedType Ty,
   4867                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4868 
   4869   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
   4870   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
   4871                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4872                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
   4873                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4874                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4875                                          bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
   4876 
   4877   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
   4878   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
   4879                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
   4880                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
   4881                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4882                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
   4883                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   4884 
   4885   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4886   // C++ Declarations
   4887   //
   4888   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
   4889                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   4890                                        Expr *LangStr,
   4891                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
   4892   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
   4893                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
   4894                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
   4895 
   4896 
   4897   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   4898   // C++ Classes
   4899   //
   4900   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
   4901                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
   4902   bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
   4903 
   4904   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
   4905                             SourceLocation ASLoc,
   4906                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   4907                             AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
   4908 
   4909   NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
   4910                                  Declarator &D,
   4911                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   4912                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
   4913                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
   4914 
   4915   void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
   4916   void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
   4917                                               SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   4918                                               Expr *Init);
   4919 
   4920   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4921                                     Scope *S,
   4922                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4923                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4924                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4925                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4926                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4927                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   4928                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   4929                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   4930                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4931 
   4932   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4933                                     Scope *S,
   4934                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4935                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4936                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4937                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4938                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4939                                     Expr *InitList,
   4940                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4941 
   4942   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
   4943                                     Scope *S,
   4944                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   4945                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
   4946                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
   4947                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
   4948                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
   4949                                     Expr *Init,
   4950                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4951 
   4952   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
   4953                                        Expr *Init,
   4954                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
   4955 
   4956   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
   4957                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
   4958                                      Expr *Init,
   4959                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   4960                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   4961 
   4962   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   4963                                            Expr *Init,
   4964                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   4965 
   4966   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
   4967                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
   4968 
   4969   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
   4970                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
   4971 
   4972   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
   4973 
   4974 
   4975   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
   4976   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
   4977   /// referenced.
   4978   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
   4979                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   4980 
   4981   /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
   4982   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
   4983   /// first use occurred.
   4984   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
   4985 
   4986   /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
   4987   /// materialized.
   4988   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
   4989 
   4990   /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
   4991   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
   4992   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
   4993   /// by code generation).
   4994   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
   4995 
   4996   /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
   4997   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
   4998 
   4999   /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
   5000   /// given location.
   5001   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   5002                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   5003 
   5004   /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
   5005   /// in the given class as needed.
   5006   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
   5007                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   5008 
   5009   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
   5010   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
   5011   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
   5012                                     const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   5013 
   5014   /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
   5015   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
   5016   /// vtables.
   5017   ///
   5018   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
   5019   bool DefineUsedVTables();
   5020 
   5021   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
   5022 
   5023   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
   5024                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   5025                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
   5026                             bool AnyErrors);
   5027 
   5028   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
   5029   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
   5030                                          Decl *TagDecl,
   5031                                          SourceLocation LBrac,
   5032                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
   5033                                          AttributeList *AttrList);
   5034   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
   5035   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDefaultArgs(Decl *D);
   5036 
   5037   void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
   5038   unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
   5039   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
   5040   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
   5041   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
   5042   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
   5043   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
   5044   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
   5045   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
   5046                                 CachedTokens &Toks);
   5047   void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
   5048   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
   5049 
   5050   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
   5051                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
   5052                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
   5053                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   5054   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
   5055                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
   5056                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
   5057                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   5058                                      bool Failed);
   5059 
   5060   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
   5061                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   5062                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
   5063   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
   5064                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   5065   NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   5066                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
   5067 
   5068   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   5069                                       StorageClass& SC);
   5070   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
   5071   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
   5072                                      StorageClass& SC);
   5073   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
   5074   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
   5075                                  StorageClass& SC);
   5076   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
   5077 
   5078   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
   5079   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
   5080                                                    const FunctionProtoType *T);
   5081   void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
   5082 
   5083   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5084   // C++ Derived Classes
   5085   //
   5086 
   5087   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
   5088   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
   5089                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
   5090                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
   5091                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   5092                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5093 
   5094   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
   5095                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
   5096                                 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
   5097                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
   5098                                 ParsedType basetype,
   5099                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
   5100                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5101 
   5102   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
   5103                             unsigned NumBases);
   5104   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
   5105                            unsigned NumBases);
   5106 
   5107   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
   5108   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
   5109 
   5110   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
   5111   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
   5112 
   5113   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
   5114                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   5115                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
   5116                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
   5117   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
   5118                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
   5119                                     unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
   5120                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   5121                                     DeclarationName Name,
   5122                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath);
   5123 
   5124   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
   5125 
   5126   bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5127                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5128 
   5129   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
   5130   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
   5131   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5132                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5133 
   5134   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
   5135   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
   5136   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5137                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5138 
   5139   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
   5140 
   5141   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
   5142   void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
   5143 
   5144   /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
   5145   /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
   5146   void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
   5147 
   5148   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
   5149   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
   5150   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
   5151   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
   5152                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
   5153 
   5154 
   5155   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5156   // C++ Access Control
   5157   //
   5158 
   5159   enum AccessResult {
   5160     AR_accessible,
   5161     AR_inaccessible,
   5162     AR_dependent,
   5163     AR_delayed
   5164   };
   5165 
   5166   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
   5167                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
   5168                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
   5169 
   5170   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
   5171                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5172   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
   5173                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5174   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
   5175                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
   5176                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
   5177                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
   5178                                      bool Diagnose = true);
   5179   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5180                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
   5181                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   5182                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
   5183                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
   5184   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5185                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
   5186                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
   5187                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
   5188                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
   5189   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5190                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
   5191                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
   5192                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
   5193   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
   5194   AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
   5195                                  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
   5196                                  DeclAccessPair Found);
   5197   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
   5198                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
   5199                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
   5200                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5201   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
   5202                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
   5203   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
   5204                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
   5205                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
   5206                                     unsigned DiagID,
   5207                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
   5208                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
   5209   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
   5210   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
   5211   bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
   5212                                             AccessSpecifier access,
   5213                                             QualType objectType);
   5214 
   5215   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
   5216                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5217   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
   5218                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5219 
   5220   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
   5221 
   5222   /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
   5223   /// failures rather than hard errors.
   5224   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
   5225 
   5226   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
   5227     AbstractNone = -1,
   5228     AbstractReturnType,
   5229     AbstractParamType,
   5230     AbstractVariableType,
   5231     AbstractFieldType,
   5232     AbstractIvarType,
   5233     AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
   5234     AbstractArrayType
   5235   };
   5236 
   5237   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
   5238                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
   5239   template <typename... Ts>
   5240   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
   5241                               const Ts &...Args) {
   5242     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
   5243     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
   5244   }
   5245 
   5246   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
   5247 
   5248   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
   5249                               AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
   5250 
   5251   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5252   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
   5253   //
   5254 
   5255   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
   5256 
   5257   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
   5258 
   5259   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5260   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
   5261   //
   5262   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
   5263                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
   5264   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
   5265                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
   5266 
   5267   void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5268                           QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
   5269                           bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
   5270 
   5271   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
   5272                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5273                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
   5274                                   UnqualifiedId &Name,
   5275                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
   5276                                   bool EnteringContext,
   5277                                   TemplateTy &Template,
   5278                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
   5279 
   5280   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
   5281                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
   5282                                    Scope *S,
   5283                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
   5284                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
   5285                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
   5286 
   5287   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
   5288   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
   5289 
   5290   Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
   5291                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5292                            SourceLocation KeyLoc,
   5293                            IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
   5294                            SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
   5295                            unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
   5296                            SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   5297                            ParsedType DefaultArg);
   5298 
   5299   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
   5300   Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
   5301                                       unsigned Depth,
   5302                                       unsigned Position,
   5303                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   5304                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
   5305   Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
   5306                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
   5307                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
   5308                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5309                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
   5310                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
   5311                                        unsigned Depth,
   5312                                        unsigned Position,
   5313                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
   5314                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
   5315 
   5316   TemplateParameterList *
   5317   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
   5318                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
   5319                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5320                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5321                              Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
   5322                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   5323 
   5324   /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
   5325   enum TemplateParamListContext {
   5326     TPC_ClassTemplate,
   5327     TPC_VarTemplate,
   5328     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
   5329     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
   5330     TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
   5331     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
   5332     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
   5333     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
   5334   };
   5335 
   5336   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
   5337                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
   5338                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC);
   5339   TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
   5340       SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
   5341       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
   5342       ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
   5343       bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
   5344 
   5345   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   5346                                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5347                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
   5348                                 AttributeList *Attr,
   5349                                 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
   5350                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
   5351                                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   5352                                 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
   5353                                 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
   5354                             TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
   5355                                 bool *SkipBody = nullptr);
   5356 
   5357   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
   5358                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
   5359 
   5360   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
   5361 
   5362   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
   5363                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5364                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
   5365 
   5366   TypeResult
   5367   ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5368                       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5369                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5370                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   5371                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5372                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
   5373 
   5374   /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
   5375   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
   5376   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
   5377                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
   5378                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
   5379                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5380                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5381                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
   5382                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5383                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5384                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
   5385                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   5386 
   5387   DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
   5388       Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
   5389       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
   5390       StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
   5391 
   5392   DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
   5393                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5394                                 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   5395                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
   5396 
   5397   ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5398                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5399                                 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
   5400                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5401                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   5402 
   5403   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5404                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5405                                  LookupResult &R,
   5406                                  bool RequiresADL,
   5407                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   5408 
   5409   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5410                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5411                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5412                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
   5413 
   5414   TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
   5415                                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5416                                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
   5417                                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
   5418                                               ParsedType ObjectType,
   5419                                               bool EnteringContext,
   5420                                               TemplateTy &Template);
   5421 
   5422   DeclResult
   5423   ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
   5424                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
   5425                                    SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
   5426                                    TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
   5427                                    AttributeList *Attr,
   5428                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
   5429 
   5430   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
   5431                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   5432                                 Declarator &D);
   5433 
   5434   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
   5435                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
   5436                                         Declarator &D);
   5437 
   5438   bool
   5439   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
   5440                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
   5441                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
   5442                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
   5443                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
   5444                                          bool &SuppressNew);
   5445 
   5446   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
   5447                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5448                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
   5449 
   5450   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
   5451                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   5452                                            LookupResult &Previous);
   5453   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
   5454 
   5455   DeclResult
   5456   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   5457                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   5458                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5459                              unsigned TagSpec,
   5460                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
   5461                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5462                              TemplateTy Template,
   5463                              SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   5464                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5465                              ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   5466                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5467                              AttributeList *Attr);
   5468 
   5469   DeclResult
   5470   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   5471                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   5472                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5473                              unsigned TagSpec,
   5474                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
   5475                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5476                              IdentifierInfo *Name,
   5477                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
   5478                              AttributeList *Attr);
   5479 
   5480   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
   5481                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
   5482                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5483                                         Declarator &D);
   5484 
   5485   TemplateArgumentLoc
   5486   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
   5487                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5488                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5489                                           Decl *Param,
   5490                                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
   5491                                             &Converted,
   5492                                           bool &HasDefaultArg);
   5493 
   5494   /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
   5495   /// argument is being checked.
   5496   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
   5497     /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
   5498     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
   5499     CTAK_Specified,
   5500 
   5501     /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
   5502     /// deduction.
   5503     CTAK_Deduced,
   5504 
   5505     /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
   5506     /// via template argument deduction.
   5507     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
   5508   };
   5509 
   5510   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
   5511                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   5512                              NamedDecl *Template,
   5513                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5514                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
   5515                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
   5516                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
   5517                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
   5518 
   5519   /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
   5520   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
   5521   ///
   5522   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
   5523   /// provided.
   5524   ///
   5525   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
   5526   ///
   5527   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
   5528   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
   5529   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
   5530   /// arguments.
   5531   ///
   5532   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
   5533   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
   5534   /// set of template arguments.
   5535   ///
   5536   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
   5537   /// arguments.
   5538   ///
   5539   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5540   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
   5541                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5542                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
   5543                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
   5544                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
   5545 
   5546   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
   5547                                  TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   5548                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
   5549 
   5550   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
   5551                              TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
   5552   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   5553                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
   5554                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
   5555                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
   5556   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   5557                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
   5558                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
   5559 
   5560   ExprResult
   5561   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
   5562                                           QualType ParamType,
   5563                                           SourceLocation Loc);
   5564   ExprResult
   5565   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
   5566                                               SourceLocation Loc);
   5567 
   5568   /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
   5569   /// for equality.
   5570   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
   5571     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
   5572     /// that might be redeclarations.
   5573     ///
   5574     /// \code
   5575     /// template<typename T> struct X;
   5576     /// template<typename T> struct X;
   5577     /// \endcode
   5578     TPL_TemplateMatch,
   5579 
   5580     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
   5581     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
   5582     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
   5583     ///
   5584     /// \code
   5585     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
   5586     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
   5587     /// \endcode
   5588     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
   5589 
   5590     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
   5591     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
   5592     /// template parameter.
   5593     ///
   5594     /// \code
   5595     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
   5596     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
   5597     /// X<integer_c> xic;
   5598     /// \endcode
   5599     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
   5600   };
   5601 
   5602   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
   5603                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
   5604                                       bool Complain,
   5605                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
   5606                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
   5607                                         = SourceLocation());
   5608 
   5609   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
   5610 
   5611   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
   5612   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
   5613   ///
   5614   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
   5615   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
   5616   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
   5617   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
   5618   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
   5619   TypeResult
   5620   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
   5621                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
   5622                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
   5623 
   5624   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
   5625   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
   5626   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
   5627   ///
   5628   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
   5629   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
   5630   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
   5631   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
   5632   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
   5633   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
   5634   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
   5635   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
   5636   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
   5637   TypeResult
   5638   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
   5639                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5640                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
   5641                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
   5642                     SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
   5643                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
   5644                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
   5645                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
   5646 
   5647   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
   5648                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
   5649                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
   5650                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
   5651                              SourceLocation IILoc);
   5652 
   5653   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5654                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
   5655                                                     DeclarationName Name);
   5656   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
   5657 
   5658   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
   5659   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
   5660                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
   5661 
   5662   std::string
   5663   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
   5664                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
   5665 
   5666   std::string
   5667   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
   5668                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
   5669                                   unsigned NumArgs);
   5670 
   5671   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5672   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
   5673   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   5674 
   5675   /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
   5676   /// location. Useful for error recovery.
   5677   bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
   5678 
   5679   /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
   5680   /// being diagnosed.
   5681   ///
   5682   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
   5683   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
   5684   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
   5685     /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
   5686     UPPC_Expression = 0,
   5687 
   5688     /// \brief The base type of a class type.
   5689     UPPC_BaseType,
   5690 
   5691     /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
   5692     UPPC_DeclarationType,
   5693 
   5694     /// \brief The type of a data member.
   5695     UPPC_DataMemberType,
   5696 
   5697     /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
   5698     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
   5699 
   5700     /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
   5701     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
   5702 
   5703     /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
   5704     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
   5705 
   5706     /// \brief The enumerator value.
   5707     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
   5708 
   5709     /// \brief A using declaration.
   5710     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
   5711 
   5712     /// \brief A friend declaration.
   5713     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
   5714 
   5715     /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
   5716     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
   5717 
   5718     /// \brief An initializer.
   5719     UPPC_Initializer,
   5720 
   5721     /// \brief A default argument.
   5722     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
   5723 
   5724     /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
   5725     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
   5726 
   5727     /// \brief The type of an exception.
   5728     UPPC_ExceptionType,
   5729 
   5730     /// \brief Partial specialization.
   5731     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
   5732 
   5733     /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
   5734     UPPC_IfExists,
   5735 
   5736     /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
   5737     UPPC_IfNotExists,
   5738 
   5739     /// \brief Lambda expression.
   5740     UPPC_Lambda,
   5741 
   5742     /// \brief Block expression,
   5743     UPPC_Block
   5744   };
   5745 
   5746   /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
   5747   ///
   5748   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
   5749   ///
   5750   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
   5751   /// parameter packs.
   5752   ///
   5753   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
   5754   ///
   5755   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5756   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
   5757                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
   5758                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
   5759 
   5760   /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5761   /// diagnose the error.
   5762   ///
   5763   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
   5764   ///
   5765   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
   5766   /// packs.
   5767   ///
   5768   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5769   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
   5770                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5771 
   5772   /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
   5773   /// pack, diagnose the error.
   5774   ///
   5775   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
   5776   /// parameter packs.
   5777   ///
   5778   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5779   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
   5780                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
   5781 
   5782   /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
   5783   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
   5784   ///
   5785   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
   5786   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5787   ///
   5788   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5789   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5790                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5791 
   5792   /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5793   /// diagnose the error.
   5794   ///
   5795   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
   5796   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
   5797   ///
   5798   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5799   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5800                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5801 
   5802   /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
   5803   /// diagnose the error.
   5804   ///
   5805   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
   5806   ///
   5807   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
   5808   /// parameter packs.
   5809   ///
   5810   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5811   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
   5812                                        TemplateName Template,
   5813                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5814 
   5815   /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
   5816   /// pack, diagnose the error.
   5817   ///
   5818   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
   5819   /// parameter packs.
   5820   ///
   5821   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   5822   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
   5823                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
   5824 
   5825   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5826   /// template argument.
   5827   ///
   5828   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
   5829   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5830   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
   5831                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5832 
   5833   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5834   /// template argument.
   5835   ///
   5836   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
   5837   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5838   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
   5839                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5840 
   5841   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5842   /// type.
   5843   ///
   5844   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
   5845   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5846   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
   5847                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5848 
   5849   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5850   /// type.
   5851   ///
   5852   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
   5853   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5854   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
   5855                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5856 
   5857   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5858   /// nested-name-specifier.
   5859   ///
   5860   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
   5861   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5862   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   5863                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5864 
   5865   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
   5866   /// name.
   5867   ///
   5868   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
   5869   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
   5870   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   5871                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
   5872 
   5873   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
   5874   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
   5875   ///
   5876   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
   5877   /// may already be invalid.
   5878   ///
   5879   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5880   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
   5881                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5882 
   5883   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
   5884   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5885   ///
   5886   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5887   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5888   ///
   5889   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5890   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5891 
   5892   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
   5893   /// expansion.
   5894   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
   5895                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5896                                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5897 
   5898   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
   5899   /// expansion.
   5900   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
   5901                               SourceRange PatternRange,
   5902                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5903                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5904 
   5905   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
   5906   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5907   ///
   5908   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5909   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5910   ///
   5911   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5912   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
   5913 
   5914   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
   5915   /// creates a pack expansion.
   5916   ///
   5917   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
   5918   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
   5919   ///
   5920   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
   5921   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5922                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
   5923 
   5924   /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
   5925   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
   5926   /// transforming the pattern.
   5927   ///
   5928   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
   5929   /// pack expansion.
   5930   ///
   5931   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
   5932   /// the pack expansion.
   5933   ///
   5934   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
   5935   /// pattern.
   5936   ///
   5937   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
   5938   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
   5939   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
   5940   ///
   5941   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
   5942   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
   5943   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
   5944   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
   5945   ///
   5946   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
   5947   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
   5948   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
   5949   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
   5950   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
   5951   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
   5952   /// set this value in other cases.
   5953   ///
   5954   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
   5955   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
   5956   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
   5957   /// must be set.
   5958   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
   5959                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
   5960                              ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
   5961                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   5962                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
   5963                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
   5964                                        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
   5965 
   5966   /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
   5967   /// type.
   5968   ///
   5969   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
   5970   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
   5971   ///
   5972   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
   5973   Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
   5974       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   5975 
   5976   /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
   5977   /// parameter packs.
   5978   ///
   5979   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
   5980   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
   5981   ///
   5982   /// \code
   5983   ///   void f(T...);
   5984   /// \endcode
   5985   ///
   5986   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
   5987   /// a variadic function.
   5988   ///
   5989   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
   5990   /// false otherwise.
   5991   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
   5992 
   5993   /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
   5994   ///
   5995   /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
   5996   ///
   5997   /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
   5998   ///
   5999   /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
   6000   /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
   6001   TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
   6002       TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
   6003       SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
   6004       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
   6005 
   6006   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   6007   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
   6008   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   6009 
   6010   QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
   6011 
   6012   /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
   6013   ///
   6014   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
   6015   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
   6016   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
   6017   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
   6018   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
   6019   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
   6020   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
   6021   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
   6022     /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
   6023     TDK_Success = 0,
   6024     /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
   6025     TDK_Invalid,
   6026     /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
   6027     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
   6028     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
   6029     /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
   6030     /// for every template parameter.
   6031     TDK_Incomplete,
   6032     /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
   6033     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
   6034     TDK_Inconsistent,
   6035     /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
   6036     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
   6037     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
   6038     /// but were given a non-const "X".
   6039     TDK_Underqualified,
   6040     /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
   6041     /// resulted in an error.
   6042     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
   6043     /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
   6044     /// corresponding component of the argument.
   6045     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
   6046     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
   6047     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
   6048     TDK_TooManyArguments,
   6049     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
   6050     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
   6051     TDK_TooFewArguments,
   6052     /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
   6053     /// template arguments for the given template.
   6054     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
   6055     /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
   6056     /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
   6057     TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
   6058     /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
   6059     TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
   6060   };
   6061 
   6062   TemplateDeductionResult
   6063   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
   6064                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6065                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   6066 
   6067   TemplateDeductionResult
   6068   DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
   6069                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6070                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   6071 
   6072   TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
   6073       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6074       TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6075       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
   6076       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
   6077       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   6078 
   6079   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
   6080   // deduction for a call.
   6081   struct OriginalCallArg {
   6082     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
   6083                     unsigned ArgIdx,
   6084                     QualType OriginalArgType)
   6085       : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
   6086         OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
   6087 
   6088     QualType OriginalParamType;
   6089     unsigned ArgIdx;
   6090     QualType OriginalArgType;
   6091   };
   6092 
   6093   TemplateDeductionResult
   6094   FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6095                       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
   6096                                   unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
   6097                                   FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6098                                   sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   6099            SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
   6100                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
   6101 
   6102   TemplateDeductionResult
   6103   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6104                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6105                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   6106                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6107                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   6108                           bool PartialOverloading = false);
   6109 
   6110   TemplateDeductionResult
   6111   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6112                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6113                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
   6114                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6115                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   6116                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
   6117 
   6118   TemplateDeductionResult
   6119   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6120                           QualType ToType,
   6121                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
   6122                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   6123 
   6124   TemplateDeductionResult
   6125   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6126                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
   6127                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
   6128                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
   6129                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
   6130 
   6131   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
   6132   QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
   6133   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
   6134   TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
   6135                                           QualType Replacement);
   6136 
   6137   /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
   6138   enum DeduceAutoResult {
   6139     DAR_Succeeded,
   6140     DAR_Failed,
   6141     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
   6142   };
   6143 
   6144   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
   6145                                   QualType &Result);
   6146   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
   6147                                   QualType &Result);
   6148   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
   6149   bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
   6150                         bool Diagnose = true);
   6151 
   6152   TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
   6153 
   6154   bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
   6155                                         SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
   6156                                         Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
   6157 
   6158   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
   6159                                                    FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
   6160                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
   6161                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
   6162                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments1,
   6163                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments2);
   6164   UnresolvedSetIterator
   6165   getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
   6166                      TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
   6167                      SourceLocation Loc,
   6168                      const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
   6169                      const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
   6170                      const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
   6171                      bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
   6172 
   6173   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
   6174   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
   6175                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
   6176                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
   6177                                   SourceLocation Loc);
   6178 
   6179   VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
   6180       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
   6181       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
   6182 
   6183   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6184                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
   6185                                   unsigned Depth,
   6186                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
   6187   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
   6188                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6189                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
   6190     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
   6191   }
   6192   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
   6193                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6194                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
   6195 
   6196   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   6197   // C++ Template Instantiation
   6198   //
   6199 
   6200   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
   6201   getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
   6202                                const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
   6203                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
   6204                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
   6205 
   6206   /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
   6207   struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
   6208     /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
   6209     enum InstantiationKind {
   6210       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
   6211       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
   6212       TemplateInstantiation,
   6213 
   6214       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
   6215       /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
   6216       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
   6217       /// arguments as specified.
   6218       /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
   6219       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
   6220 
   6221       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
   6222       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
   6223       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
   6224       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
   6225 
   6226       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
   6227       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
   6228       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   6229 
   6230       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
   6231       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
   6232       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
   6233       /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
   6234       /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
   6235       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   6236 
   6237       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
   6238       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
   6239       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
   6240       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
   6241 
   6242       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
   6243       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
   6244       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
   6245 
   6246       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
   6247       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
   6248       ExceptionSpecInstantiation
   6249     } Kind;
   6250 
   6251     /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
   6252     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
   6253 
   6254     /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
   6255     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
   6256     /// arguments.
   6257     NamedDecl *Template;
   6258 
   6259     /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
   6260     Decl *Entity;
   6261 
   6262     /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
   6263     /// are not part of the entity.
   6264     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
   6265 
   6266     /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
   6267     unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
   6268 
   6269     /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
   6270     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
   6271     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
   6272 
   6273     /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
   6274     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
   6275     /// template instantiation.
   6276     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
   6277 
   6278     ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
   6279       : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
   6280         TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
   6281 
   6282     /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
   6283     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
   6284     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
   6285 
   6286     friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
   6287                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
   6288       if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
   6289         return false;
   6290 
   6291       if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
   6292         return false;
   6293 
   6294       switch (X.Kind) {
   6295       case TemplateInstantiation:
   6296       case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
   6297         return true;
   6298 
   6299       case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   6300       case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
   6301         return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
   6302 
   6303       case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
   6304       case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   6305       case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
   6306       case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
   6307         return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
   6308 
   6309       }
   6310 
   6311       llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
   6312     }
   6313 
   6314     friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
   6315                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
   6316       return !(X == Y);
   6317     }
   6318   };
   6319 
   6320   /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
   6321   ///
   6322   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
   6323   /// requires another template instantiation, additional
   6324   /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
   6325   /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
   6326   SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
   6327     ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
   6328 
   6329   /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
   6330   /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
   6331   SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
   6332 
   6333   /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
   6334   /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
   6335   /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
   6336   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
   6337 
   6338   /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
   6339   /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
   6340   /// template defined within it.
   6341   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
   6342 
   6343   /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
   6344   /// template instantiation.
   6345   ///
   6346   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
   6347   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
   6348   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6349 
   6350   /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
   6351   /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
   6352   /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
   6353   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
   6354 
   6355   /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
   6356   /// error or warning was produced.
   6357   ///
   6358   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
   6359   /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
   6360   /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
   6361   /// to implement it anywhere else.
   6362   ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
   6363 
   6364   /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
   6365   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
   6366   ///
   6367   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
   6368   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
   6369   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
   6370   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
   6371 
   6372   /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
   6373   /// within a \c Sema object.
   6374   ///
   6375   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
   6376   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
   6377     Sema &Self;
   6378     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
   6379 
   6380   public:
   6381     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
   6382       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
   6383       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
   6384     }
   6385 
   6386     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
   6387       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
   6388     }
   6389   };
   6390 
   6391   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
   6392 
   6393   /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
   6394   ///
   6395   /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
   6396   /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
   6397   SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
   6398 
   6399   /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
   6400   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
   6401   /// deduction.
   6402   ///
   6403   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
   6404   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
   6405     SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
   6406   SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
   6407 
   6408   /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
   6409   /// instantiation.
   6410   ///
   6411   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
   6412   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
   6413   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
   6414   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
   6415   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
   6416   ///
   6417   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
   6418   /// the stack.
   6419   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
   6420     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
   6421     /// function template, or a member thereof.
   6422     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6423                           Decl *Entity,
   6424                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6425 
   6426     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
   6427     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
   6428     /// of a function template.
   6429     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6430                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
   6431                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6432 
   6433     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
   6434     /// template-id.
   6435     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6436                           TemplateDecl *Template,
   6437                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6438                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6439 
   6440     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
   6441     /// template-id.
   6442     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6443                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
   6444                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6445                           ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
   6446                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   6447                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6448 
   6449     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
   6450     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
   6451     /// specialization.
   6452     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6453                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
   6454                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6455                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   6456                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6457 
   6458     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
   6459     /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
   6460     /// specialization.
   6461     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6462                           VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
   6463                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6464                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
   6465                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6466 
   6467     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6468                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
   6469                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6470                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
   6471 
   6472     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
   6473     /// non-type parameter.
   6474     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6475                           NamedDecl *Template,
   6476                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   6477                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6478                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6479 
   6480     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
   6481     /// template template parameter.
   6482     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6483                           NamedDecl *Template,
   6484                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
   6485                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6486                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6487 
   6488     /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
   6489     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
   6490     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6491                           TemplateDecl *Template,
   6492                           NamedDecl *Param,
   6493                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
   6494                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6495 
   6496 
   6497     /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
   6498     void Clear();
   6499 
   6500     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
   6501 
   6502     /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
   6503     /// recursive template instantiations.
   6504     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
   6505 
   6506   private:
   6507     Sema &SemaRef;
   6508     bool Invalid;
   6509     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6510     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6511                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
   6512 
   6513     InstantiatingTemplate(
   6514         Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
   6515         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
   6516         Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
   6517         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
   6518         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
   6519 
   6520     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
   6521 
   6522     InstantiatingTemplate&
   6523     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
   6524   };
   6525 
   6526   void PrintInstantiationStack();
   6527 
   6528   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
   6529   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
   6530   /// errors.
   6531   ///
   6532   /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
   6533   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
   6534   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
   6535   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
   6536   Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
   6537 
   6538   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
   6539   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
   6540   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
   6541     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
   6542            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
   6543     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
   6544   }
   6545 
   6546   /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
   6547   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
   6548   /// deduction.
   6549   class SFINAETrap {
   6550     Sema &SemaRef;
   6551     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
   6552     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6553     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
   6554 
   6555   public:
   6556     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
   6557       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
   6558         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
   6559                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
   6560         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
   6561     {
   6562       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
   6563         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
   6564       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
   6565     }
   6566 
   6567     ~SFINAETrap() {
   6568       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
   6569       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
   6570         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
   6571       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
   6572     }
   6573 
   6574     /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
   6575     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
   6576       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
   6577     }
   6578   };
   6579 
   6580   /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
   6581   /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
   6582   /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
   6583   /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
   6584   class TentativeAnalysisScope {
   6585     Sema &SemaRef;
   6586     // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
   6587     SFINAETrap Trap;
   6588     bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
   6589   public:
   6590     explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
   6591         : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
   6592           PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
   6593       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
   6594     }
   6595     ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
   6596       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
   6597     }
   6598   };
   6599 
   6600   /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
   6601   /// variables.
   6602   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
   6603 
   6604   /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
   6605   /// disabled.
   6606   bool DisableTypoCorrection;
   6607 
   6608   /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
   6609   unsigned TyposCorrected;
   6610 
   6611   typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
   6612   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
   6613 
   6614   /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
   6615   /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
   6616   /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
   6617   IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
   6618 
   6619   /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
   6620   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
   6621   threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
   6622 
   6623   /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
   6624   ///
   6625   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
   6626   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
   6627   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
   6628   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
   6629   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
   6630   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
   6631   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
   6632 
   6633   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
   6634   /// but have not yet been performed.
   6635   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
   6636 
   6637   class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
   6638   public:
   6639     SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
   6640         : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
   6641       if (!Enabled) return;
   6642 
   6643       SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
   6644       SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
   6645     }
   6646 
   6647     ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
   6648       if (!Enabled) return;
   6649 
   6650       // Restore the set of pending vtables.
   6651       assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
   6652              "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
   6653       S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
   6654 
   6655       // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
   6656       assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
   6657              "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
   6658       S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
   6659     }
   6660 
   6661   private:
   6662     Sema &S;
   6663     SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
   6664     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
   6665     bool Enabled;
   6666   };
   6667 
   6668   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
   6669   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
   6670   ///
   6671   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
   6672   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
   6673   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
   6674   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
   6675   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
   6676 
   6677   class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
   6678   public:
   6679     SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
   6680       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
   6681           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
   6682     }
   6683 
   6684     ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
   6685       assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
   6686              "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
   6687       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
   6688           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
   6689     }
   6690 
   6691   private:
   6692     Sema &S;
   6693     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
   6694     SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
   6695   };
   6696 
   6697   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
   6698 
   6699   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   6700                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6701                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   6702 
   6703   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
   6704                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6705                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   6706 
   6707   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
   6708                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6709                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
   6710 
   6711   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
   6712                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6713                                         SourceLocation Loc,
   6714                                         DeclarationName Entity,
   6715                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
   6716                                         unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
   6717   void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   6718                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
   6719   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
   6720                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6721                                 int indexAdjustment,
   6722                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
   6723                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
   6724   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
   6725                       ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
   6726                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6727                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
   6728                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
   6729   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
   6730                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6731 
   6732   /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
   6733   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
   6734   ///
   6735   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
   6736   ///
   6737   /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
   6738   ///
   6739   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
   6740   /// default arguments will be dropped.
   6741   ///
   6742   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
   6743   ///
   6744   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
   6745   ///
   6746   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
   6747   bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
   6748                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6749                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
   6750 
   6751   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
   6752                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6753 
   6754   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
   6755                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6756 
   6757   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
   6758                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6759                        bool CXXDirectInit);
   6760 
   6761   bool
   6762   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
   6763                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
   6764                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6765 
   6766   bool
   6767   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6768                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
   6769                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6770                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
   6771                    bool Complain = true);
   6772 
   6773   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6774                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
   6775                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6776                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   6777 
   6778   bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
   6779       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
   6780       FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6781 
   6782   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
   6783     const Attr *TmplAttr;
   6784     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
   6785     Decl *NewDecl;
   6786 
   6787     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
   6788                               Decl *D)
   6789       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
   6790     { }
   6791   };
   6792   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
   6793 
   6794   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6795                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
   6796                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
   6797                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
   6798 
   6799   bool
   6800   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6801                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
   6802                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
   6803                            bool Complain = true);
   6804 
   6805   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6806                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
   6807                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6808                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   6809 
   6810   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
   6811                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6812                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
   6813                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
   6814 
   6815   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
   6816   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
   6817                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6818 
   6819   DeclarationNameInfo
   6820   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
   6821                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6822   TemplateName
   6823   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
   6824                     SourceLocation Loc,
   6825                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6826   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
   6827              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
   6828              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6829 
   6830   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6831                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
   6832   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6833                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
   6834                                      bool Recursive = false,
   6835                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   6836   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
   6837       VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
   6838       const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
   6839       const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
   6840       SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
   6841       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
   6842       LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
   6843       LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
   6844   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
   6845       VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
   6846       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6847   void
   6848   BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
   6849                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
   6850                              LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
   6851                              DeclContext *Owner,
   6852                              LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
   6853                              bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
   6854   void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
   6855       VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
   6856       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6857   void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6858                                      VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
   6859                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   6860   void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
   6861                                      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
   6862                                      VarDecl *Var,
   6863                                      bool Recursive = false,
   6864                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
   6865 
   6866   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
   6867                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
   6868                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6869 
   6870   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
   6871                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6872   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
   6873                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
   6874 
   6875   // Objective-C declarations.
   6876   enum ObjCContainerKind {
   6877     OCK_None = -1,
   6878     OCK_Interface = 0,
   6879     OCK_Protocol,
   6880     OCK_Category,
   6881     OCK_ClassExtension,
   6882     OCK_Implementation,
   6883     OCK_CategoryImplementation
   6884   };
   6885   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
   6886 
   6887   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
   6888                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6889                                  SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6890                                  IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
   6891                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   6892                                  Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
   6893                                  unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6894                                  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6895                                  SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
   6896                                  AttributeList *AttrList);
   6897 
   6898   void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
   6899                                IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
   6900                                SourceLocation SuperLoc);
   6901 
   6902   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
   6903                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
   6904                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
   6905                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
   6906 
   6907   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
   6908     IdentifierInfo *PName,
   6909     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
   6910     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
   6911 
   6912   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
   6913                     SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
   6914                     IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
   6915                     Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6916                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6917                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
   6918                     AttributeList *AttrList);
   6919 
   6920   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
   6921                                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6922                                     SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6923                                     IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
   6924                                     SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
   6925                                     Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
   6926                                     unsigned NumProtoRefs,
   6927                                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
   6928                                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
   6929 
   6930   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
   6931                     SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
   6932                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6933                     IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
   6934                     SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
   6935 
   6936   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
   6937                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   6938                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
   6939                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
   6940                                          SourceLocation CatLoc);
   6941 
   6942   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
   6943                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
   6944 
   6945   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
   6946                                      IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
   6947                                      SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
   6948                                      unsigned NumElts);
   6949 
   6950   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
   6951                                         const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
   6952                                         unsigned NumElts,
   6953                                         AttributeList *attrList);
   6954 
   6955   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
   6956                                const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
   6957                                unsigned NumProtocols,
   6958                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
   6959 
   6960   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
   6961   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
   6962   /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
   6963   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
   6964                                    SourceLocation Loc,
   6965                                    unsigned &Attributes,
   6966                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
   6967 
   6968   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
   6969   /// setters and getters as needed.
   6970   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
   6971   /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
   6972   /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
   6973   ///        in class extension.
   6974   /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
   6975   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
   6976                            ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
   6977                            ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
   6978                            ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
   6979 
   6980 
   6981   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
   6982                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
   6983                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
   6984                                 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
   6985 
   6986   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
   6987                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
   6988 
   6989   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
   6990                    ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
   6991                    ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
   6992 
   6993   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
   6994                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   6995                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
   6996                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
   6997                       bool *OverridingProperty,
   6998                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   6999                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
   7000 
   7001   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
   7002                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
   7003                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
   7004                               bool ImplKind,
   7005                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
   7006                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
   7007                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
   7008 
   7009   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
   7010     OSMK_None,
   7011     OSMK_Alloc,
   7012     OSMK_New,
   7013     OSMK_Copy,
   7014     OSMK_RetainingInit,
   7015     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
   7016   };
   7017 
   7018   struct ObjCArgInfo {
   7019     IdentifierInfo *Name;
   7020     SourceLocation NameLoc;
   7021     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
   7022     // in this case.
   7023     ParsedType Type;
   7024     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
   7025 
   7026     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
   7027     AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
   7028   };
   7029 
   7030   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
   7031     Scope *S,
   7032     SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
   7033     SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
   7034     tok::TokenKind MethodType,
   7035     ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
   7036     ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
   7037     // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
   7038     // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
   7039     ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
   7040     DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
   7041     AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
   7042     bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
   7043 
   7044   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
   7045                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   7046                                               bool IsInstance);
   7047   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
   7048                                            bool IsInstance);
   7049 
   7050   bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
   7051   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
   7052 
   7053   ExprResult
   7054   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
   7055                             Expr *BaseExpr,
   7056                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
   7057                             DeclarationName MemberName,
   7058                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
   7059                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
   7060                             bool Super);
   7061 
   7062   ExprResult
   7063   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
   7064                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
   7065                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
   7066                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
   7067 
   7068   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
   7069 
   7070   /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
   7071   /// send that starts with an identifier.
   7072   enum ObjCMessageKind {
   7073     /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
   7074     ObjCSuperMessage,
   7075     /// \brief The message is an instance message.
   7076     ObjCInstanceMessage,
   7077     /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
   7078     /// name.
   7079     ObjCClassMessage
   7080   };
   7081 
   7082   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
   7083                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
   7084                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
   7085                                      bool IsSuper,
   7086                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
   7087                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
   7088 
   7089   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   7090                                Selector Sel,
   7091                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   7092                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7093                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7094                                MultiExprArg Args);
   7095 
   7096   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
   7097                                QualType ReceiverType,
   7098                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   7099                                Selector Sel,
   7100                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   7101                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   7102                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7103                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7104                                MultiExprArg Args,
   7105                                bool isImplicit = false);
   7106 
   7107   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
   7108                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
   7109                                        SourceLocation Loc,
   7110                                        Selector Sel,
   7111                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   7112                                        MultiExprArg Args);
   7113 
   7114   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
   7115                                ParsedType Receiver,
   7116                                Selector Sel,
   7117                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   7118                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7119                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7120                                MultiExprArg Args);
   7121 
   7122   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
   7123                                   QualType ReceiverType,
   7124                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   7125                                   Selector Sel,
   7126                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   7127                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   7128                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7129                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7130                                   MultiExprArg Args,
   7131                                   bool isImplicit = false);
   7132 
   7133   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
   7134                                           QualType ReceiverType,
   7135                                           SourceLocation Loc,
   7136                                           Selector Sel,
   7137                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   7138                                           MultiExprArg Args);
   7139 
   7140   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
   7141                                   Expr *Receiver,
   7142                                   Selector Sel,
   7143                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
   7144                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   7145                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
   7146                                   MultiExprArg Args);
   7147 
   7148   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7149                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
   7150                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
   7151                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
   7152                                   Expr *SubExpr);
   7153 
   7154   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
   7155                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7156                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
   7157                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
   7158                                   ParsedType Type,
   7159                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
   7160                                   Expr *SubExpr);
   7161 
   7162   void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
   7163 
   7164   void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
   7165 
   7166   bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
   7167                                      CastKind &Kind);
   7168 
   7169   bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
   7170                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
   7171                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
   7172                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
   7173                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
   7174                                         TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
   7175                                         bool CfToNs);
   7176 
   7177   bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
   7178                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
   7179                                          Expr *&SrcExpr);
   7180 
   7181   bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
   7182 
   7183   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
   7184 
   7185   /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
   7186   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
   7187   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
   7188                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
   7189 
   7190   /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
   7191   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
   7192     RTC_Compatible,
   7193     RTC_Incompatible,
   7194     RTC_Unknown
   7195   };
   7196 
   7197   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
   7198                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
   7199                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
   7200 
   7201   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
   7202     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
   7203     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
   7204     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
   7205     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
   7206     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
   7207     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
   7208   };
   7209 
   7210   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
   7211   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
   7212                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7213 
   7214   enum PragmaPackKind {
   7215     PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
   7216     PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
   7217     PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
   7218     PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
   7219   };
   7220 
   7221   enum PragmaMSStructKind {
   7222     PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
   7223     PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
   7224   };
   7225 
   7226   enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
   7227     PCK_Unknown,
   7228     PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
   7229     PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
   7230     PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
   7231     PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
   7232     PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
   7233   };
   7234 
   7235   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
   7236   void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
   7237                        IdentifierInfo *Name,
   7238                        Expr *Alignment,
   7239                        SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7240                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7241                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   7242 
   7243   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
   7244   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
   7245 
   7246   /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
   7247   /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
   7248   void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
   7249 
   7250   /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
   7251   /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
   7252   /// representation]).
   7253   void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
   7254       LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
   7255       SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7256 
   7257   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
   7258   void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7259                              MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
   7260 
   7261   enum PragmaSectionKind {
   7262     PSK_DataSeg,
   7263     PSK_BSSSeg,
   7264     PSK_ConstSeg,
   7265     PSK_CodeSeg,
   7266   };
   7267 
   7268   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
   7269                     int SectionFlags,
   7270                     DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
   7271   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
   7272                     int SectionFlags,
   7273                     SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
   7274 
   7275   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
   7276   void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
   7277                         PragmaMsStackAction Action,
   7278                         llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
   7279                         StringLiteral *SegmentName,
   7280                         llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
   7281 
   7282   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
   7283   void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
   7284                             int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
   7285 
   7286   /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
   7287   void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
   7288                             StringLiteral *SegmentName);
   7289 
   7290   /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
   7291   void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
   7292 
   7293   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
   7294   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
   7295                          Scope *curScope,
   7296                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7297 
   7298   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
   7299   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
   7300                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7301 
   7302   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
   7303                                  SourceLocation Loc);
   7304   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
   7305 
   7306   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
   7307   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   7308                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7309                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
   7310 
   7311   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
   7312   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
   7313   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   7314                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
   7315                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7316                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
   7317                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
   7318 
   7319   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
   7320   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
   7321                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
   7322                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
   7323                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
   7324                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
   7325 
   7326   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
   7327   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
   7328   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
   7329 
   7330   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
   7331   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
   7332   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
   7333 
   7334   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
   7335   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
   7336 
   7337   /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
   7338   void FreePackedContext();
   7339 
   7340   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
   7341   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
   7342   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
   7343                                    SourceLocation Loc);
   7344 
   7345   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
   7346   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
   7347   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
   7348 
   7349   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
   7350   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
   7351   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7352 
   7353   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
   7354   void FreeVisContext();
   7355 
   7356   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
   7357   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
   7358   /// the appropriate attribute.
   7359   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
   7360 
   7361   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
   7362   void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
   7363 
   7364   /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
   7365   /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
   7366   SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
   7367     return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
   7368   }
   7369 
   7370   /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
   7371   /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
   7372   /// with attribute optnone.
   7373   void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
   7374 
   7375   /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
   7376   /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
   7377   /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
   7378   void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
   7379 
   7380   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
   7381   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
   7382                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
   7383   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
   7384                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
   7385 
   7386   /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
   7387   /// declaration.
   7388   void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
   7389                             unsigned SpellingListIndex);
   7390 
   7391   /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
   7392   /// declaration.
   7393   void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
   7394                          unsigned SpellingListIndex);
   7395 
   7396   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
   7397 private:
   7398   void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
   7399   /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
   7400   void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
   7401   void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
   7402   ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
   7403                                                    OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
   7404   /// \brief Checks if the specified variable is used in one of the private
   7405   /// clauses in OpenMP constructs.
   7406   bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
   7407 
   7408 public:
   7409   ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
   7410                                                     Expr *Op);
   7411   /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
   7412   void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
   7413                            const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
   7414                            SourceLocation Loc);
   7415   /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
   7416   void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
   7417 
   7418   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
   7419   /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
   7420   /// threadprivate'.
   7421   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
   7422                                      CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
   7423                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
   7424   /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
   7425   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
   7426                                      SourceLocation Loc,
   7427                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
   7428   /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
   7429   OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
   7430                                      SourceLocation Loc,
   7431                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
   7432 
   7433   /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
   7434   void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
   7435   /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
   7436   ///
   7437   /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
   7438   /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
   7439   ///
   7440   /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
   7441   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
   7442   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
   7443                                             const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
   7444                                             ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7445                                             Stmt *AStmt,
   7446                                             SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7447                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7448   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
   7449   /// of the  associated statement.
   7450   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7451                                           Stmt *AStmt,
   7452                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7453                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7454   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
   7455   /// of the associated statement.
   7456   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
   7457       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7458       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7459       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7460   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
   7461   /// of the associated statement.
   7462   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
   7463       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7464       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7465       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7466   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
   7467   /// of the associated statement.
   7468   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
   7469       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7470       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7471       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7472   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
   7473   /// of the associated statement.
   7474   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7475                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7476                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7477   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
   7478   /// associated statement.
   7479   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7480                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7481   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
   7482   /// associated statement.
   7483   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7484                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7485                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7486   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
   7487   /// associated statement.
   7488   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7489                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7490   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
   7491   /// associated statement.
   7492   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
   7493                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7494                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7495   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
   7496   /// of the  associated statement.
   7497   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
   7498       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7499       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7500       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7501   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
   7502   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
   7503   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
   7504       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7505       SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7506       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
   7507   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
   7508   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
   7509   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7510                                                   Stmt *AStmt,
   7511                                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7512                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7513   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
   7514   /// associated statement.
   7515   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7516                                       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7517                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7518   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
   7519   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7520                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7521   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
   7522   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7523                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7524   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
   7525   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7526                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7527   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
   7528   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7529                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7530                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7531   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
   7532   /// associated statement.
   7533   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7534                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7535   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
   7536   /// associated statement.
   7537   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7538                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7539                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7540   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
   7541   /// associated statement.
   7542   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7543                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7544                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7545   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
   7546   /// associated statement.
   7547   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
   7548                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7549                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7550 
   7551   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
   7552                                          Expr *Expr,
   7553                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7554                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7555                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7556   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
   7557   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7558                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7559                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7560   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
   7561   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7562                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7563                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7564   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
   7565   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
   7566                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7567                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7568                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7569   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
   7570   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
   7571                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7572                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7573                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7574   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
   7575   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
   7576                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7577                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7578                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7579 
   7580   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
   7581                                      unsigned Argument,
   7582                                      SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
   7583                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7584                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7585                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7586   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
   7587   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
   7588                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
   7589                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7590                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7591                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7592   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
   7593   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
   7594                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
   7595                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7596                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7597                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7598 
   7599   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
   7600                                                 unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
   7601                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7602                                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7603                                                 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
   7604                                                 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
   7605                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7606   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
   7607   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
   7608                                        Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7609                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7610                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
   7611                                        SourceLocation CommaLoc,
   7612                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7613 
   7614   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7615                                SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7616   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
   7617   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7618                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7619   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
   7620   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7621                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7622   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
   7623   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7624                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7625   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
   7626   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7627                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7628   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
   7629   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7630                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7631   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
   7632   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7633                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7634   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
   7635   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7636                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7637   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
   7638   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7639                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7640   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
   7641   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7642                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7643 
   7644   OMPClause *
   7645   ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
   7646                            Expr *TailExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7647                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7648                            SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7649                            CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
   7650                            const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
   7651   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
   7652   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7653                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7654                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7655                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7656   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
   7657   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7658                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7659                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7660                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7661   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
   7662   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7663                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7664                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7665                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7666   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
   7667   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7668                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7669                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7670                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7671   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
   7672   OMPClause *
   7673   ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7674                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7675                              SourceLocation EndLoc,
   7676                              CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
   7677                              const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
   7678   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
   7679   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7680                                      Expr *Step,
   7681                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7682                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7683                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7684                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7685   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
   7686   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7687                                       Expr *Alignment,
   7688                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7689                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7690                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
   7691                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7692   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
   7693   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7694                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7695                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7696                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7697   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
   7698   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7699                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7700                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7701                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7702   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
   7703   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
   7704                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
   7705                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   7706                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
   7707 
   7708   /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
   7709   enum CheckedConversionKind {
   7710     /// \brief An implicit conversion.
   7711     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
   7712     /// \brief A C-style cast.
   7713     CCK_CStyleCast,
   7714     /// \brief A functional-style cast.
   7715     CCK_FunctionalCast,
   7716     /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
   7717     CCK_OtherCast
   7718   };
   7719 
   7720   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
   7721   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
   7722   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
   7723   ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
   7724                                ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
   7725                                const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
   7726                                CheckedConversionKind CCK
   7727                                   = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
   7728 
   7729   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
   7730   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
   7731   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
   7732 
   7733   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
   7734   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
   7735   /// required.
   7736   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
   7737 
   7738   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
   7739   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
   7740   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
   7741 
   7742   /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
   7743   /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
   7744   ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
   7745 
   7746   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
   7747   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
   7748   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
   7749 
   7750   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
   7751   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
   7752   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
   7753   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
   7754 
   7755   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
   7756   // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
   7757   // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
   7758   // type.
   7759   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
   7760 
   7761   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
   7762   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
   7763   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
   7764   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
   7765 
   7766   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
   7767   enum VariadicCallType {
   7768     VariadicFunction,
   7769     VariadicBlock,
   7770     VariadicMethod,
   7771     VariadicConstructor,
   7772     VariadicDoesNotApply
   7773   };
   7774 
   7775   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   7776                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   7777                                        Expr *Fn);
   7778 
   7779   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
   7780   // vararg function.
   7781   enum VarArgKind {
   7782     VAK_Valid,
   7783     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
   7784     VAK_Undefined,
   7785     VAK_MSVCUndefined,
   7786     VAK_Invalid
   7787   };
   7788 
   7789   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
   7790   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
   7791 
   7792   /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
   7793   /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
   7794   void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
   7795 
   7796   /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
   7797   bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
   7798 
   7799   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
   7800   /// form of call prototypes.
   7801   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   7802                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   7803                               unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
   7804                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
   7805                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
   7806                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
   7807                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
   7808 
   7809   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
   7810   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
   7811   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
   7812                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
   7813 
   7814   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
   7815   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
   7816   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
   7817   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
   7818   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
   7819   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   7820                                       bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7821 
   7822   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
   7823   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
   7824   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
   7825   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
   7826   /// source and destination type.
   7827   enum AssignConvertType {
   7828     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
   7829     Compatible,
   7830 
   7831     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
   7832     /// accept as an extension.
   7833     PointerToInt,
   7834 
   7835     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
   7836     /// accept as an extension.
   7837     IntToPointer,
   7838 
   7839     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
   7840     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
   7841     FunctionVoidPointer,
   7842 
   7843     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
   7844     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
   7845     IncompatiblePointer,
   7846 
   7847     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
   7848     /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
   7849     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
   7850     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
   7851     IncompatiblePointerSign,
   7852 
   7853     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
   7854     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
   7855     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
   7856 
   7857     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
   7858     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
   7859     /// like address spaces.
   7860     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
   7861 
   7862     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
   7863     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
   7864     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
   7865     /// extension.
   7866     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
   7867 
   7868     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
   7869     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
   7870     IncompatibleVectors,
   7871 
   7872     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
   7873     /// pointer. We disallow this.
   7874     IntToBlockPointer,
   7875 
   7876     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
   7877     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
   7878     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
   7879 
   7880     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
   7881     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
   7882     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
   7883     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
   7884 
   7885     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
   7886     /// object with __weak qualifier.
   7887     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
   7888 
   7889     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
   7890     /// represent it in the AST.
   7891     Incompatible
   7892   };
   7893 
   7894   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
   7895   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
   7896   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
   7897   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
   7898                                 SourceLocation Loc,
   7899                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
   7900                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
   7901                                 bool *Complained = nullptr);
   7902 
   7903   /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
   7904   /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
   7905   /// value, to be used as a mask.
   7906   bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
   7907                          bool AllowMask) const;
   7908 
   7909   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
   7910   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
   7911   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
   7912                               Expr *SrcExpr);
   7913 
   7914   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
   7915   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
   7916   /// C99 6.5.16.
   7917   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
   7918                                                QualType LHSType,
   7919                                                QualType RHSType);
   7920 
   7921   /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
   7922   /// RHS to the LHS type.
   7923   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
   7924                                                ExprResult &RHS,
   7925                                                CastKind &Kind);
   7926 
   7927   // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
   7928   // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
   7929   // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
   7930   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
   7931                                                      ExprResult &RHS,
   7932                                                      bool Diagnose = true,
   7933                                                      bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
   7934 
   7935   // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
   7936   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
   7937   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
   7938                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
   7939 
   7940   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   7941 
   7942   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
   7943 
   7944   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7945                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7946                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
   7947   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7948                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7949                                        bool AllowExplicit,
   7950                                        ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
   7951   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7952                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
   7953                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7954                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
   7955                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
   7956   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
   7957                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
   7958                                        AssignmentAction Action,
   7959                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
   7960 
   7961   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
   7962   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
   7963 
   7964   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
   7965   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
   7966                            ExprResult &RHS);
   7967   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
   7968     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
   7969     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
   7970   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
   7971     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
   7972     bool IsDivide);
   7973   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
   7974     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   7975     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7976   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
   7977     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
   7978     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
   7979   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
   7980     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   7981     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
   7982   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
   7983     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
   7984     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7985   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
   7986     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
   7987                                 bool isRelational);
   7988   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
   7989     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
   7990     bool IsCompAssign = false);
   7991   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
   7992     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
   7993   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
   7994   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
   7995   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
   7996   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
   7997     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
   7998 
   7999   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   8000                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
   8001   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
   8002                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
   8003                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   8004   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
   8005   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
   8006 
   8007   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
   8008     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   8009     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   8010   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
   8011     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
   8012     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
   8013   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
   8014                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
   8015   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
   8016                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
   8017                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
   8018     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
   8019     QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
   8020                                                   NonStandardCompositeType);
   8021     E1 = E1Tmp;
   8022     E2 = E2Tmp;
   8023     return Composite;
   8024   }
   8025 
   8026   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   8027                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   8028 
   8029   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
   8030                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
   8031 
   8032   void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
   8033                                     Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
   8034                                     bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
   8035 
   8036   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
   8037   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   8038                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
   8039   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
   8040   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   8041                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
   8042   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
   8043                                       SourceLocation Loc);
   8044 
   8045   bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
   8046 
   8047   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
   8048   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
   8049 
   8050   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
   8051 
   8052   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
   8053   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
   8054   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
   8055   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
   8056     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
   8057     /// reference binding is not possible.
   8058     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
   8059     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
   8060     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
   8061     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
   8062     Ref_Related,
   8063     /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
   8064     /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
   8065     /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
   8066     /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
   8067     Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
   8068     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
   8069     /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
   8070     Ref_Compatible
   8071   };
   8072 
   8073   ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
   8074                                                       QualType T1, QualType T2,
   8075                                                       bool &DerivedToBase,
   8076                                                       bool &ObjCConversion,
   8077                                                 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
   8078 
   8079   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
   8080                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
   8081                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
   8082 
   8083   /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
   8084   /// given type.
   8085   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
   8086 
   8087   /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
   8088   /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
   8089   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
   8090                                 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
   8091 
   8092   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
   8093   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
   8094   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
   8095   // returns true if the cast is invalid
   8096   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
   8097                        CastKind &Kind);
   8098 
   8099   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
   8100   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
   8101   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
   8102   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
   8103   // returns the cast expr
   8104   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
   8105                                 CastKind &Kind);
   8106 
   8107   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   8108                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
   8109                                         Expr *CastExpr,
   8110                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   8111 
   8112   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
   8113 
   8114   /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
   8115   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
   8116   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
   8117                                              QualType castType, Expr *&op,
   8118                                              CheckedConversionKind CCK,
   8119                                              bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
   8120                                              BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
   8121                                              );
   8122 
   8123   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
   8124   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
   8125 
   8126   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
   8127                                              QualType ExprType);
   8128 
   8129   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
   8130   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
   8131   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
   8132   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
   8133   void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
   8134 
   8135   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
   8136   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
   8137   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
   8138 
   8139   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
   8140   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
   8141   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
   8142 
   8143   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
   8144   /// \param Method - May be null.
   8145   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
   8146   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
   8147   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
   8148                                  MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
   8149                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
   8150                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
   8151                                  bool isSuperMessage,
   8152                                  SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
   8153                                  SourceRange RecRange,
   8154                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
   8155 
   8156   /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
   8157   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
   8158   /// and the form of the message send.
   8159   QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
   8160                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
   8161                                     bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
   8162 
   8163   /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
   8164   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
   8165   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
   8166 
   8167   /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
   8168   /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
   8169   /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
   8170   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
   8171 
   8172   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
   8173   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
   8174   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
   8175   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
   8176   ///
   8177   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
   8178   /// 'if' keyword.
   8179   /// \return true iff there were any errors
   8180   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
   8181 
   8182   ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
   8183                                    Expr *SubExpr);
   8184 
   8185   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
   8186   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
   8187   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
   8188 
   8189   /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
   8190   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
   8191   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
   8192 
   8193   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
   8194   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
   8195 
   8196   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
   8197   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
   8198   /// the specified diagnostic.
   8199   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
   8200                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
   8201                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
   8202 
   8203   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
   8204   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
   8205   /// in the global scope.
   8206   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
   8207 
   8208   /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
   8209   /// expression violations.
   8210   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
   8211   public:
   8212     bool Suppress;
   8213 
   8214     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
   8215 
   8216     virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
   8217     virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
   8218     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
   8219   };
   8220 
   8221   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
   8222   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
   8223   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
   8224   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
   8225                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
   8226                                              bool AllowFold = true);
   8227   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
   8228                                              unsigned DiagID,
   8229                                              bool AllowFold = true);
   8230   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
   8231                                              llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
   8232 
   8233   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
   8234   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
   8235   /// Returns false on success.
   8236   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
   8237   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
   8238                             QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
   8239                             Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
   8240 
   8241   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
   8242     CFT_Device,
   8243     CFT_Global,
   8244     CFT_Host,
   8245     CFT_HostDevice,
   8246     CFT_InvalidTarget
   8247   };
   8248 
   8249   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
   8250 
   8251   bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
   8252 
   8253   /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
   8254   /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
   8255   /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
   8256   /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
   8257   /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
   8258   /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
   8259   ///        its RHS.
   8260   /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
   8261   /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
   8262   /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
   8263   /// the member declaration.
   8264   bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
   8265                                                CXXSpecialMember CSM,
   8266                                                CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
   8267                                                bool ConstRHS,
   8268                                                bool Diagnose);
   8269 
   8270   /// \name Code completion
   8271   //@{
   8272   /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
   8273   enum ParserCompletionContext {
   8274     /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
   8275     PCC_Namespace,
   8276     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
   8277     PCC_Class,
   8278     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
   8279     /// or category.
   8280     PCC_ObjCInterface,
   8281     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
   8282     /// category implementation
   8283     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
   8284     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
   8285     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
   8286     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
   8287     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
   8288     /// headers.
   8289     PCC_Template,
   8290     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
   8291     /// headers within a class.
   8292     PCC_MemberTemplate,
   8293     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
   8294     PCC_Expression,
   8295     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
   8296     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
   8297     PCC_Statement,
   8298     /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
   8299     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
   8300     PCC_ForInit,
   8301     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
   8302     /// while, switch, or for statement.
   8303     PCC_Condition,
   8304     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
   8305     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
   8306     /// in the grammar.
   8307     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
   8308     /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
   8309     PCC_Type,
   8310     /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
   8311     /// might also be a type cast.
   8312     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
   8313     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
   8314     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
   8315     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
   8316   };
   8317 
   8318   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
   8319   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
   8320                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
   8321   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
   8322                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
   8323                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
   8324 
   8325   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
   8326   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
   8327                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
   8328   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
   8329                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
   8330                                        bool IsArrow);
   8331   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
   8332   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
   8333   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
   8334   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
   8335   void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
   8336   void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
   8337                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
   8338   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
   8339   void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
   8340   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
   8341   void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
   8342 
   8343   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
   8344                                bool EnteringContext);
   8345   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
   8346   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
   8347   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
   8348   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
   8349   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
   8350   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
   8351                                 Decl *Constructor,
   8352                                 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
   8353 
   8354   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
   8355                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
   8356 
   8357   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
   8358   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
   8359   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
   8360   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
   8361   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
   8362   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
   8363   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
   8364   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
   8365                                    bool IsParameter);
   8366   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
   8367   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
   8368                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
   8369                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
   8370   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
   8371                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
   8372                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
   8373                                     bool IsSuper = false);
   8374   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
   8375                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
   8376                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
   8377                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
   8378   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
   8379                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
   8380   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
   8381                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
   8382   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
   8383                                           unsigned NumProtocols);
   8384   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
   8385   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
   8386   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
   8387                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   8388                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   8389   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
   8390   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
   8391                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   8392                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   8393   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
   8394                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
   8395                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
   8396   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
   8397   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
   8398                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
   8399   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
   8400                                   bool IsInstanceMethod,
   8401                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
   8402   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
   8403                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
   8404                                           bool AtParameterName,
   8405                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
   8406                                           ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
   8407   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
   8408   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
   8409   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
   8410   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
   8411   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
   8412                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
   8413                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
   8414                                              unsigned Argument);
   8415   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
   8416   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
   8417                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
   8418                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
   8419   //@}
   8420 
   8421   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
   8422   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
   8423 
   8424 public:
   8425   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
   8426                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
   8427 
   8428 private:
   8429   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
   8430                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
   8431                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
   8432   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
   8433   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
   8434   // FunctionDeclaration.
   8435   struct FormatStringInfo {
   8436     unsigned FormatIdx;
   8437     unsigned FirstDataArg;
   8438     bool HasVAListArg;
   8439   };
   8440 
   8441   bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
   8442                            FormatStringInfo *FSI);
   8443   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
   8444                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   8445   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
   8446                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
   8447   bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
   8448                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   8449   bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
   8450   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   8451                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8452                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
   8453                             SourceLocation Loc);
   8454 
   8455   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8456                  unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
   8457                  SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
   8458 
   8459   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
   8460 
   8461   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   8462 		                      unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8463 
   8464   bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
   8465                                     unsigned MaxWidth);
   8466   bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8467   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8468 
   8469   bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8470   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8471   bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8472   bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8473   bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
   8474 
   8475   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8476   bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
   8477   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8478   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
   8479 
   8480 public:
   8481   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
   8482   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8483   ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
   8484                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
   8485                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
   8486 
   8487 private:
   8488   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8489   bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8490   bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8491   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8492   bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
   8493   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
   8494   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
   8495                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
   8496   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
   8497                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
   8498   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
   8499                                    int Low, int High);
   8500 
   8501 public:
   8502   enum FormatStringType {
   8503     FST_Scanf,
   8504     FST_Printf,
   8505     FST_NSString,
   8506     FST_Strftime,
   8507     FST_Strfmon,
   8508     FST_Kprintf,
   8509     FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
   8510     FST_OSTrace,
   8511     FST_Unknown
   8512   };
   8513   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
   8514 
   8515   void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
   8516                          ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
   8517                          unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
   8518                          FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
   8519                          VariadicCallType CallType,
   8520                          llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
   8521 
   8522   bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
   8523 
   8524   bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
   8525 
   8526 private:
   8527   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
   8528                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8529                             bool IsCXXMember,
   8530                             VariadicCallType CallType,
   8531                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
   8532                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
   8533   bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
   8534                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
   8535                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
   8536                             VariadicCallType CallType,
   8537                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
   8538                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
   8539 
   8540   void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
   8541                                   const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
   8542                                   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
   8543 
   8544   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   8545                                unsigned BId,
   8546                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   8547 
   8548   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   8549                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   8550 
   8551   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
   8552                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
   8553 
   8554   void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
   8555                           SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
   8556                           bool isObjCMethod = false,
   8557                           const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
   8558                           const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
   8559 
   8560   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
   8561   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
   8562   void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
   8563   void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
   8564   void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
   8565 
   8566   /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
   8567   /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
   8568   void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
   8569                           bool IsConstexpr = false);
   8570 
   8571   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
   8572                                    Expr *Init);
   8573 
   8574   /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
   8575   /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
   8576   void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
   8577 
   8578   /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
   8579   /// attempts to add itself into the container
   8580   void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
   8581 
   8582 public:
   8583   /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
   8584   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
   8585                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
   8586                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
   8587 
   8588   struct TypeTagData {
   8589     TypeTagData() {}
   8590 
   8591     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
   8592         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
   8593         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
   8594     {}
   8595 
   8596     QualType Type;
   8597 
   8598     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
   8599     /// layout-compatibility.
   8600     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
   8601     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
   8602   };
   8603 
   8604   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
   8605   /// identifies the magic value.
   8606   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
   8607 
   8608 private:
   8609   /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
   8610   std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
   8611       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
   8612 
   8613   /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
   8614   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
   8615   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
   8616                                 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
   8617 
   8618   /// \brief The parser's current scope.
   8619   ///
   8620   /// The parser maintains this state here.
   8621   Scope *CurScope;
   8622 
   8623   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
   8624   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
   8625 
   8626 protected:
   8627   friend class Parser;
   8628   friend class InitializationSequence;
   8629   friend class ASTReader;
   8630   friend class ASTWriter;
   8631 
   8632 public:
   8633   /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
   8634   ///
   8635   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
   8636   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
   8637   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
   8638   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
   8639   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
   8640   /// template substitution or instantiation.
   8641   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
   8642 
   8643   void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
   8644     return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
   8645   }
   8646 
   8647   IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
   8648   IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
   8649 
   8650   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
   8651 
   8652   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
   8653     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
   8654   }
   8655 
   8656   AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
   8657 
   8658   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
   8659     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
   8660     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
   8661     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
   8662       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
   8663     return DC;
   8664   }
   8665 
   8666   /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
   8667   /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
   8668   static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
   8669                                bool PartialOverloading = false) {
   8670     // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
   8671     if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
   8672       return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
   8673     return NumArgs > NumParams;
   8674   }
   8675 };
   8676 
   8677 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
   8678 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
   8679   Sema &Actions;
   8680 
   8681 public:
   8682   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
   8683                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   8684                                    Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
   8685                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
   8686     : Actions(Actions) {
   8687     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
   8688                                             IsDecltype);
   8689   }
   8690   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
   8691                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
   8692                                    Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
   8693                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
   8694     : Actions(Actions) {
   8695     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
   8696                                             Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
   8697                                             IsDecltype);
   8698   }
   8699 
   8700   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
   8701     Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
   8702   }
   8703 };
   8704 
   8705 DeductionFailureInfo
   8706 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
   8707                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
   8708 
   8709 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
   8710 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
   8711 struct LateParsedTemplate {
   8712   CachedTokens Toks;
   8713   /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
   8714   Decl *D;
   8715 };
   8716 
   8717 } // end namespace clang
   8718 
   8719 #endif
   8720